Users Guide

ManualsBrandsDell ManualsAccess PlatformsNetworking S3100 Series

Dell Command Line Reference Guide for the

S3100 Series

9.10(0.0)

Summary of content (1449 pages)

PAGE 1
Dell Command Line Reference Guide for the S3100 Series 9.10(0.
PAGE 2
Notes, cautions, and warnings NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your computer. CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem. WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death. © 2016 Dell Inc. All rights reserved. This product is protected by U.S. and international copyright and intellectual property laws.
PAGE 3
Contents 1 About this Guide......................................................................................................................... 38 Objectives.............................................................................................................................................................................38 Audience......................................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 4
cam-acl................................................................................................................................................................................. 80 cam-acl-vlan......................................................................................................................................................................... 81 clear line.................................................................................................................................
PAGE 5
ssh-peer-stack-unit........................................................................................................................................................... 134 telnet....................................................................................................................................................................................134 telnet-peer-stack-unit.........................................................................................................................
PAGE 6
dot1x profile........................................................................................................................................................................ 166 dot1x quiet-period.............................................................................................................................................................. 167 dot1x reauthentication...........................................................................................................................
PAGE 7
seq..................................................................................................................................................................................215 Extended MAC ACL Commands......................................................................................................................................217 deny................................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 8
deny tcp (for Extended IP ACLs)................................................................................................................................... 255 deny udp (for Extended IP ACLs)...................................................................................................................................256 deny arp (for Extended MAC ACLs)..............................................................................................................................
PAGE 9
ip route bfd......................................................................................................................................................................... 301 ipv6 ospf bfd all-neighbors...............................................................................................................................................302 isis bfd all-neighbors..................................................................................................................................
PAGE 10
maximum-paths........................................................................................................................................................... 340 neighbor activate..........................................................................................................................................................341 neighbor add-path...................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 11
show ip bgp paths community....................................................................................................................................391 show ip bgp peer-group............................................................................................................................................. 392 show ip bgp regexp.....................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 12
online stack-unit.......................................................................................................................................................... 428 Hardware Commands....................................................................................................................................................... 428 clear hardware stack-unit..........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 13
ipv6 dhcp snooping database write-delay................................................................................................................468 ip dhcp snooping database renew.............................................................................................................................469 ipv6 dhcp snooping database renew........................................................................................................................ 469 ip dhcp snooping trust.................
PAGE 14
clear gvrp statistics...........................................................................................................................................................504 debug gvrp.........................................................................................................................................................................504 disable..............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 15
show ip igmp snooping mrouter................................................................................................................................ 543 22 Interfaces.............................................................................................................................. 545 Basic Interface Commands..............................................................................................................................................545 clear counters......................
PAGE 16
clear management application pkt-fallback-cntr..................................................................................................... 601 management egress-interface-selection.................................................................................................................. 601 show ip management-eis-route ................................................................................................................................ 601 show management application pkt-cntr......
PAGE 17
ip address........................................................................................................................................................................... 639 ip directed-broadcast....................................................................................................................................................... 640 ip domain-list.......................................................................................................................................
PAGE 18
clear ipv6 route..................................................................................................................................................................692 clear ipv6 mld_host...........................................................................................................................................................693 maximum dynamic-routes-ipv6.............................................................................................................................
PAGE 19
default-information originate........................................................................................................................................... 730 description...........................................................................................................................................................................731 distance.................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 20
show isis neighbors............................................................................................................................................................770 show isis protocol............................................................................................................................................................... 771 show isis traffic......................................................................................................................................
PAGE 21
show fefd...................................................................................................................................................................... 810 31 Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP)........................................................................................812 LLPD Commands............................................................................................................................................................... 812 advertise dot1-tlv......
PAGE 22
ip msdp redistribute.......................................................................................................................................................... 843 ip msdp sa-filter.................................................................................................................................................................844 ip msdp sa-limit.......................................................................................................................................
PAGE 23
reachable-time.............................................................................................................................................................880 retrans-time................................................................................................................................................................. 880 router-lifetime................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 24
graceful-restart mode................................................................................................................................................. 918 graceful-restart role.....................................................................................................................................................919 ip ospf auth-change-wait-time...................................................................................................................................
PAGE 25
debug ipv6 ospf packet.............................................................................................................................................. 970 default-information originate......................................................................................................................................972 graceful-restart grace-period....................................................................................................................................
PAGE 26
ip pim sparse-mode.................................................................................................................................................... 1012 ip pim sparse-mode sg-expiry-timer........................................................................................................................ 1013 ip pim ssm-range.........................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 27
protocol spanning-tree pvst...........................................................................................................................................1052 show spanning-tree pvst................................................................................................................................................ 1053 spanning-tree pvst......................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 28
show qos qos-policy-output.....................................................................................................................................1093 show qos statistics.................................................................................................................................................... 1094 show qos wred-profile..............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 29
rmon collection statistics................................................................................................................................................. 1132 rmon event........................................................................................................................................................................ 1133 rmon hc-alarm..........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 30
enable restricted......................................................................................................................................................... 1172 enable secret............................................................................................................................................................... 1173 login authentication..........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 31
ip ssh cipher................................................................................................................................................................. 1211 ip ssh connection-rate-limit.......................................................................................................................................1212 ip ssh hostbased-authentication...............................................................................................................................
PAGE 32
sflow ingress-enable........................................................................................................................................................1250 sflow extended-switch enable....................................................................................................................................... 1250 sflow max-header-size extended...................................................................................................................................
PAGE 33
show logging...............................................................................................................................................................1294 show logging auditlog........................................................................................................................................... 1295 show logging driverlog stack-unit............................................................................................................................
PAGE 34
activity......................................................................................................................................................................... 1337 contact-company.......................................................................................................................................................1338 contact-person................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 35
ip unnumbered..................................................................................................................................................................1367 ipv6 unnumbered............................................................................................................................................................. 1368 tunnel allow-remote.......................................................................................................................................
PAGE 36
64 VLT Proxy Gateway............................................................................................................... 1403 proxy-gateway lldp.......................................................................................................................................................... 1403 proxy-gateway static......................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 37
track.............................................................................................................................................................................1440 virtual-address.............................................................................................................................................................1441 vrrp delay minimum......................................................................................................................................
PAGE 38
1 About this Guide This guide provides information about the Dell Networking operating system (OS) command line interface (CLI). This book also includes information about the protocols and features supported in Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 39
2 CLI Basics This chapter describes the command line interface (CLI) structure and command modes. The Dell Networking operating software commands are in a text-based interface that allows you to use the launch commands, change command modes, and configure interfaces and protocols.
PAGE 40
User "Irene" on line vty3 ( 123.12.1.321 ) Dell#conf When another user enters CONFIGURATION mode, Dell Networking OS sends a message similar to the following: % Warning: User "admin" on line vty2 "172.16.1.210" is in configuration In this case, the user is “admin” on vty2. Obtaining Help As soon as you are in a Command mode, there are several ways to access help: To obtain a list of keywords at any command mode: Type a ? at the prompt or after a keyword. There must always be a space before the ?.
PAGE 41
telnet tftp unicast-host-route unknown-unicast vlan-flooding vrf Specify telnet options TFTP configuration commands Configuration for ip unicast address-family Enable IPv4 unknown-unicast packets to CPU Vlan flooding Configure VRF instance When entering commands, you can take advantage of the following timesaving features: • • • • • • Commands are not case-sensitive. Enter partial (truncated) command keywords. For example, you can enter int teng 1/1/1 for the interface tengigabitethernet 1/1/1 command.
PAGE 42
Using the Keyword no Command To disable, delete or return to default values, use the no form of the commands. For most commands, if you type the keyword no in front of the command, you disable that command or delete it from the running configuration. In this guide, the no form of the command is described in the Syntax portion of the command description.
PAGE 43
that run on a device. You can employ this capability to perform an on-demand activation, or turn-off a software component or protocol. A feature configuration file generated for each image contains feature names, and denotes if this enabling or disabling method is available. You can enable or disable the VRF application globally across the system by using this capability. Activate the VRF application on a device by using the feature vrf command in CONFIGURATION mode.
PAGE 44
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, and S6000.
PAGE 45
CONTROL-PLANE Mode To manage control-plane traffic, use CONTROL-PLANE mode. For more information, see Control Plane Policing (CoPP). To enter CONTROL-PLANE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the control-plane-cpuqos command. The prompt changes to include conf-control-cpuqos. You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. DHCP Mode To enable and configure Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP), use DHCP mode.
PAGE 46
NOTE: Each mode prompt is preceded by the host name. EXEC Privilege Mode The enable command accesses EXEC Privilege mode. If an administrator has configured an “Enable” password, you are prompted to enter it. EXEC Privilege mode allows you to access all the commands accessible in EXEC mode, plus other commands, such as to clear address resolution protocol (ARP) entries and IP addresses. In addition, you can access CONFIGURATION mode to configure interfaces, routes and protocols on the switch.
PAGE 47
Prompt Interface Type Dell(conf-ifpo-0)# Port-channel interface number The range is from 1 to 128. Dell(conf-ifvl-0)# VLAN Interface then VLAN number (range 1–4094) Dell(conf-ifma-1/1)# Management Ethernet interface then slot/port information Dell(conf-iftu-0)# Tunnel interface then tunnel ID. Dell(conf-ifrange)# Designated interface range (used for bulk configuration).
PAGE 48
1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the line command. Include the keywords console or vty and their line number available on the switch. The prompt changes to include config-line-console or config-line-vty. You can exit this mode by using the exit command. MAC ACCESS LIST Mode To enter MAC ACCESS LIST mode and configure either standard or extended access control lists (ACLs), use the mac access-list standard or mac access-list extended command. To enter MAC ACCESS LIST mode: 1.
PAGE 49
PORT-CHANNEL FAILOVER-GROUP Mode To configure shared LAG state tracking, use PORT-CHANNEL FAILOVER-GROUP mode. For more information, see Port Channel Commands. To enter PORT-CHANNEL FAILOVER-GROUP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the port-channel failover-group command. The prompt changes to include conf-po-failover-grp. You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. PREFIX-LIST Mode To configure a prefix list, use PREFIX-LIST mode.
PAGE 50
2. Use the router bgp command, and then enter the AS number. The prompt changes to include conf-router_bgp. You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. ROUTER ISIS Mode To enable and configure Intermediate System to Intermediate System (ISIS), use ROUTER ISIS mode. For more information, see Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS). To enter ROUTER ISIS mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Use the router isis command.
PAGE 51
SupportAssist Mode To enable and configure the SupportAssist, use SupportAssist mode. For more information, see SupportAssist. 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the support-assist command. The prompt changes to include conf-supportassist. You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. TRACE-LIST Mode To configure a Trace list, use TRACE-LIST mode. To enter TRACE-LIST mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2.
PAGE 52
3 File Management This section contains command line interface (CLI) commands needed to manage the configuration files, as well as other file management commands.
PAGE 53
ftp: Enter the keyword FTP: to retrieve the image from an FTP server. ftp:// userid:password@hostip/filepath. nfsmount Enter the keyword nfsmount: to retrieve the image from a mounted NFS file system. nfsmount://filepath system: Enter the keyword system: to retrieve the image from the system. usbflash Enter the keyword usbflash: to retrieve the image from the USB flash memory. usbflash://filename. tftp: Enter the keyword TFTP: to retrieve the image from a TFTP server. tftp://hostip/ filepath.
PAGE 54
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added NFS mount support. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 55
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added the nfsmount: parameters that allow you to mount a remote NFS file system. 9.4(0.0) Added the compressed-config parameter. 9.3(0.1) Added the http parameter on the S6000, Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.4.1.
PAGE 56
In this copy scp: flash: example, specifying SCP in the first position indicates that you need to specify the target in the ensuing prompts. Entering flash: in the second position indicates that the target is the internal flash. The source is on a secure server running secure shell (SSH), so you are prompted for the user datagram protocol (UDP) port of the SSH server on the remote host. Example Dell# copy running-config nfsmount:///filepath Destination file name [test.
PAGE 57
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added support for NFS mount. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 58
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 59
Usage Information You must include the colon (:) when entering this command. After reformatting is complete, three empty directories are automatically created on flash: CRASH_LOG_DIR, TRACE_LOG_DIR and NVTRACE_LOG_DIR. CAUTION: This command deletes all files, including the startup configuration file. So, after executing this command, consider saving the running config as the startup config (use the write memory command or copy running-config startup-config command).
PAGE 60
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series. Example Related Commands Dell# mkdir nfsmount:/nfs-mountpoint/guest Dell# • rmdir — remove a directory.
PAGE 61
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 62
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for NFS mount. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0(0.0) Added support for IPv6 for the file-url parameter. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Added support for the SSD on the Z9000 only. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added support for TFTP and SCP. 7.6.1.
PAGE 63
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added support for NFS mount. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series Original command restore factory-defaults Restore factory defaults.
PAGE 64
Usage Information Restoring factory defaults deletes the existing startup configuration and all persistent settings (stacking, fan-out, and so forth). When restoring all units in a stack, all the units in the stack are placed into stand-alone mode. When restoring a single unit in a stack, that unit placed in stand-alone mode. No other units in the stack are affected. When restoring units in stand-alone mode, the units remain in stand-alone mode after the restoration.
PAGE 65
-----------------------1 Success Success Power-cycling the unit(s). Dell# Example (NvRAM all stack units) Dell# restore factory-defaults stack-unit all nvram ************************************************************** * Warning - Restoring factory defaults will delete the existing * * persistent settings (stacking, fanout, etc.) * * All the units in the stack will be split into standalone units. * * After restoration the unit(s) will be powercycled immediately.
PAGE 66
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series.
PAGE 67
LOCAL CONFIG FILE = variable does not exist PRIMARY HOST CONFIG FILE = variable does not exist SECONDARY HOST CONFIG FILE = variable does not exist PRIMARY NETWORK CONFIG FILE = variable does not exist SECONDARY NETWORK CONFIG FILE = variable does not exist CURRENT IMAGE FILE = system://B CURRENT CONFIG FILE 1 = flash://startup-config CURRENT CONFIG FILE 2 = variable does not exist CONFIG LOAD PREFERENCE = local first BOOT INTERFACE GATEWAY IP ADDRESS = 10.16.132.
PAGE 68
Field Description Type Displays the type of storage. If the location is remote, the word network is listed. Flags Displays the access available to the storage location. The following letters indicate the level of access: • • Prefixes Related Commands • r = read access w = write access Displays the name of the storage location. format flash – erases all the existing files and reformats the file system in the internal flash memory.
PAGE 69
TARGET IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Type Version Target checksum runtime 1-0(0-4742) Control Processor passed BOOT IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Type Version Target checksum boot flash 5.2.1.
PAGE 70
File Management fefd for the current FEFD configuration ftp for the current FTP configuration frrp for the current FRRP configuration fvrp for the current FVRP configuration gvrp for the current GVRP configuration host for the current host configuration hardwaremonitor for hardware-monitor action-on-error settings hypervisor for the current hypervisor configuration igmp for the current IGMP configuration interface for the current interface configuration interface port-channel for t
PAGE 71
qos-policyoutput for the current output QoS policy configuration radius for the current RADIUS configuration redirect-list for the current redirect-list configuration redundancy for the current RPM redundancy configuration resolve for the current DNS configuration rip for the current RIP configuration rmon for the current RMON configuration route-map for the current route map configuration sflow for the current sFlow configuration snmp for the current SNMP configuration spanning-tree fo
PAGE 72
Example Example Version Description 9.2.(0.0) Added support for the tunnel and EIS interface types. 9.0.0.0 Added support for the VLT option. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added the hardware-monitor option. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Expanded to include the last configuration change, start-up last updated (date and time), and who made the change. 6.5.4.
PAGE 73
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 74
Command Fields Example (S3100) Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 75
2 28-port GE/TE (S3100) 1 52-port GE/TE (S3100) 3 52-port GE/TE (S3100) 1 28-port GE/TE (S3100) 360 GigabitEthernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s) 26 Ten GigabitEthernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s) Dell# upgrade Upgrade the bootflash image or system image of the management unit. Syntax Parameters upgrade boot {all | bootflash—image | bootselector-image} stack-unit {stackunit-number | all} {booted | flash: | ftp: | nfsmount | scp: | tftp: | usbflash:} file-url boot Enter the keyword boot to change the boot image.
PAGE 76
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.0(0.0) Added support for IPv6 for the file-url parameter. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Added support for the SSD on the Z9000 only. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added support for TFTP and SCP. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 77
4 Control and Monitoring banner exec Configure a message that is displayed when your enter EXEC mode. Syntax banner exec c line c To delete a banner, use the no banner exec command. Parameters c Enter the keywords banner exec, then enter a character delineator, represented here by the letter c. Press ENTER. line Enter a text string for your banner message ending the message with your delineator.
PAGE 78
Dell# exit 2d18h1m: %STKUNIT1-M:CP %SEC-5-LOGOUT: Exec session is terminated on console This is the banner Dell con0 now available Press RETURN to get started. 2d18h2m: %STKUNIT1-M:CP %SEC-5-LOGIN_SUCCESS: Login successful on console This is the banner Dell> Related Commands • line — enables and configures the console and virtual terminal lines to the system. banner login Set a message of the day banner to appear after logging on to the system.
PAGE 79
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command Usage Information Enter the banner login command, type one or more spaces and a delineator character, type the banner text, and then type the second delineator character. The message of the day banner displays first when you are connected to the router; otherwise the login banner and prompt appear. After you have logged in, the banner EXEC (if configured) displays.
PAGE 80
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command Usage Information After entering the banner login command, type one or more spaces and a delineator character.
PAGE 81
• 8: Creates 498 entries for use by the OpenFlow controller (512 total entries minus the 14 entries reserved for internal functionality) Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 82
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on S4810. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Usage Information Reboot the switch after changing the parameter values for changes to take effect. For platform-specific instructions about using this command, see the SDN section of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. clear line Reset a terminal line.
PAGE 83
configure Enter CONFIGURATION mode from EXEC Privilege mode. Syntax configure [terminal] Parameters terminal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword terminal to specify that you are configuring from the terminal. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 84
Parameters level (OPTIONAL) Enter a number for a privilege level of the Dell Networking OS. The range is from 0 to 15. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 85
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 86
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information Users entering EXEC Privilege mode or any other configured privilege level can access configuration commands.
PAGE 87
end Return to EXEC Privilege mode from other command modes (for example, CONFIGURATION or ROUTER OSPF modes). Syntax end Command Modes • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 88
Parameters minutes Enter the number of minutes of inactivity on the system before disconnecting the current session. The range is from 0 to 35791. The default is 10 minutes for the console line and 30 minutes for the VTY line. seconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of seconds. The range is from 0 to 2147483. The default is 0 seconds. Defaults 10 minutes for console line; 30 minutes for VTY lines; 0 seconds Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 89
• • • • Command History Related Commands ROUTER OSPF ROUTER RIP ROUTER ISIS ROUTER BGP This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 90
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. morpheus% ftp 10.31.1.111 Connected to 10.31.1.111. 220 Dell (1.0) FTP server ready Name (10.31.1.
PAGE 91
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 92
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. hostname Set the host name of the system. Syntax hostname name Parameters name Enter a text string, up to 32 characters long. Defaults Dell Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 93
Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • • • • • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 94
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9500. Usage Information To make the HTTP clients VRF-aware, use the ip http vrf command. The HTTP client uses the VRF name that you specify to reach the HTTP server. If you do not specify a VRF name, the HTTP client uses the default VRF.
PAGE 95
Use the ip ftp password command when you use the ftp: parameter in the copy command. Related Commands ip ftp source-interface Specify an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for FTP connections. Syntax ip ftp source-interface interface To delete an interface, use the no ip ftp source-interface interface command.
PAGE 96
ip ftp username Assign a user name for outgoing FTP connection requests. Syntax ip ftp username username To return to anonymous FTP connections, use the no ip ftp username [username] command. Parameters username Enter a text string as the user name up to 40 characters long. Defaults No user name is configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 97
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. Usage Information Use this command to make the FTP clients VRF-aware. The VRF name that you specify is used by the FTP client to reach the FTP server.
PAGE 98
Parameters vrf-name Enter the vrf-name to specify the VRF that is used by the TELNET server. any Enter the keyword any to enable server from any VRF. management Enter the keyword management to specify a management VRF that is used by the TELNET server. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.
PAGE 99
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.2.1.
PAGE 100
Example Dell(conf)# ip telnet vrf vrf1 Dell(conf)# do telnet 10.10.10.2 Dell(conf)# no ip telnet vrf vrf1 Dell(conf)# ip tftp source-interface Assign an interface’s IP address in outgoing packets for TFTP traffic. Syntax ip tftp source-interface interface To return to the default setting, use the no ip tftp source-interface interface command.
PAGE 101
Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to specify the VRF that is used by the TFTP client. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 102
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command Usage Information You cannot delete a terminal connection. Related Commands • • access-class — restricts the incoming connections to a particular IP address in an IP access control list (ACL).
PAGE 103
Example The following example shows how to limit the number of concurrent sessions that any user can have to four: Dell(conf)# login concurrent-session limit 4 Dell(conf)# The following example shows how to use the login concurrent-session clear-line enable command. Dell(conf)# login concurrent-session clear-line enable Dell(conf)# When you try to log in, the following message appears with all your existing concurrent sessions, providing an option to close any one of the existing sessions: $ telnet 10.11.
PAGE 104
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820, S5000, S6000, S6000-ON, and Z9500.
PAGE 105
motd-banner Enable a message of the day (MOTD) banner to appear when you log in to the system. Syntax motd-banner To disable the MOTD banner, use the no motd-banner command. Defaults Enabled on all lines. Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 106
timeout Enter the interval to wait for an echo reply before timing out. The range is from 0 to 3600 seconds. The default is 2 seconds. source Enter the IPv4 or IPv6 source ip address or the source interface. For IPv6 addresses, you may enter global addresses only. Enter the IP address in A.B.C.D format. • • • • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 107
Version Description 9.8(0.0)P2 Introduced on the S3048–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Added support for the outgoing-interface option for link-local IPv6 addressing on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added support for the outgoing-interface option for link-local IPv6 addressing on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.
PAGE 108
Reply to request 5 from 172.31.1.87 0 ms Dell# Example (IPv6) Dell# ping 100::1 Type Ctrl-C to abort. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 100::1, timeout is 2 seconds: !!!!! Success rate is 100.0 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 0/0/0 (ms) Dell# reload Reboot the system. Syntax reload [conditional nvram-cfg-change | no-confirm [discard-running]] Parameters conditional nvram- (OPTIONAL) Reload into the Dell Networking Operating System (OS) if the condition is cfg-change true.
PAGE 109
You can use the conditional parameter if any configuration changes made to the NVRAM, such as, stackgroup and fanout configurations, must be saved. send Send messages to one or all terminal line users. Syntax Parameters send [*] | [line ] | [console] | [vty] * Enter the asterisk character * to send a message to all tty lines. line Send a message to a specific line. The range is from 0 to 11. console Enter the keyword console to send a message to the primary terminal line.
PAGE 110
log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to add timestamps to log messages with severity from 0 to 6. datetime (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword datetime to have the current time and date added to the message. localtime (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword localtime to include the localtime in the timestamp. msec (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword msec to include milliseconds in the timestamp. show-timezone (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword show-timezone to include the time zone information in the timestamp.
PAGE 111
• Command History Example EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.
PAGE 112
show command-history Display a buffered log of all commands all users enter along with a time stamp. Syntax show command-history Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 113
[11/20 15:47:23]: [11/20 15:47:23]: console [11/20 15:47:23]: [11/20 15:47:23]: [11/20 15:47:23]: console [11/20 15:47:23]: [11/20 15:47:23]: [11/20 21:17:35]: [11/20 21:17:36]: [11/20 21:17:36]: [11/20 21:19:25]: Dell# CMD-(CLI):[no shutdown]by default from console CMD-(CLI):[interface gigabitethernet 1/4]by default from CMD-(CLI):[no ip address]by default from console CMD-(CLI):[shutdown]by default from console CMD-(CLI):[interface gigabitethernet 1/5]by default from CMD-(CLI):[no ip address]by default f
PAGE 114
NOTE: After debugging is complete, use the no debug cpu-traffic-stats command to shut off traffic statistics collection.
PAGE 115
Port-channel 5 GigabitEthernet 4/1-4/3,4/5-4/6,4/10-4/11,20 GigabitEthernet 5/1-5/3,5/5-5/6,5/10-5/11,15,17,19,21 ICMP packet debugging is on for GigabitEthernet 5/1,5/2,5/4,5/6,5/8,5/10,5/12,5/14,5/16 Dell# show environment View system component status (for example, temperature or voltage). Syntax Parameters show environment [all | fan | pem | stack-unit unit-id | thermal-sensor ] all Enter the keyword all to view all components. fan Enter the keyword fan to view information on the fans.
PAGE 116
-- Power Supplies -Unit Bay Status Type FanStatus FanSpeed(rpm) ----------------------------------------------------------0 0 down UNKNOWN down 0 0 1 up AC up 6504 -- Unit Environment Status -Unit Status Temp Voltage TempStatus -------------------------------------------------* 0 online 36C ok 1 * Management Unit -- Thermal Sensor Readings (deg C) -Unit Sensor0 Sensor1 Sensor2 Sensor3 Sensor4 Sensor5 Sensor6 ------------------------------------------------------------------0 40 36 37 37 31 31 46 Dell# show
PAGE 117
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.4 Output expanded to include Piece Part ID (PPID) and eSR4 optics. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.
PAGE 118
show login statistics Displays login statistics of users who have used the console or virtual terminal lines to log in to the system. Syntax show login statistics [all | [[successful-attempts | unsuccessful-attempts] [user login-id] [time-period days]] | user login-id] Parameters all (Optional)Displays the login statistics of all users in the last 30 days or the custom defined time period.
PAGE 119
Last login time: 12:52:01 UTC Tue Mar 22 2016 Last login location: Line vty0 ( 10.16.127.143 ) Unsuccessful login attempt(s) since the last successful login: 0 Unsuccessful login attempt(s) in last 30 day(s): 0 Successful login attempt(s) in last 30 day(s): 1 -----------------------------------------------------------------The following is sample output of the show login statistics all command.
PAGE 120
The following is sample output of the show login statistics unsuccessful-attempts user login-id command. Dell# show login statistics unsuccessful-attempts user admin There were 3 unsuccessful login attempt(s) for user admin in last 12 day(s). The following is sample output of the show login statistics successful-attempts command. Dell#show login statistics successful-attempts There were 4 successful login attempt(s) for user admin in last 30 day(s).
PAGE 121
show processes cpu Display CPU usage information based on processes running. Syntax Parameters show processes cpu [management-unit [1-99 | details] | stack-unit id [1-99]| summary ] management-unit [1-99 | details] (OPTIONAL) Display processes running in the control processor. The 1-99 variable sets the number of tasks to display in order of the highest CPU usage in the past five (5) seconds. Add the keyword details to display all running processes (except sysdlp). Refer to Example (management-unit).
PAGE 122
CORE 2 Overall 9.38 11.28 12.16 11.84 0.00 0.00 CPU utilization of sysdlp for five seconds: 2%/0%; one minute: 3%; PID Runtime(ms) Invoked uSecs 5Sec 1Min 0xbb773000 5950 595 10000 1.00% 2.25% 0xbab2a000 4030 403 10000 1.00% 1.33% 0xbacf3000 10 1 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0xbad0c000 710 71 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0xbad24000 30 3 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0xbad44000 50 5 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0xbad58000 650 65 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0xbad6e000 50 5 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0xbad85000 1190 119 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0xbad9a000 0 0 0 0.00% 0.
PAGE 123
0x00000132 0x0000028d 0x000000a9 0x00000253 0x00000206 0x00000012 0x0000024d Dell# Related Commands • • • • • • 420 410 200 100 140 1290 40 42 41 20 10 14 129 40 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 0.20% 0.20% 0.20% 0.20% 0.20% 0.00% 0.00% 0.10% 0.05% 0.03% 0.02% 0.02% 0.10% 0.08% 0.13% 0.12% 0.06% 0.02% 0.03% 0.12% 0.14% 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 vrrp ovsdbsvr arpm otm tnlmgr mount_mfs xstp show hardware layer2 acl — displays Layer 2 ACL data for the selected stack member and stack member port-pipe.
PAGE 124
Usage Information Field Description Source QID /Tx Process Source Service Identifier Destination QID/Rx Process Destination Service Identifier Cur Len Current number of messages enqueued High Mark Highest number of packets in the queue at any time #of to / Timeout Timeout count #of Retr /Retries Number of retransmissions #msg Sent/Msg Sent/ Number of messages sent #msg Ackd/Ack Rcvd Number of messages acknowledged Retr /Available Retra Number of retries left Total/ Max Retra Number of
PAGE 125
show processes memory Display memory usage information based on processes running in the S-Series or Z-Series system. Syntax Parameters show processes memory {management-unit | stack unit {unit-id | all | summary}} management-unit Enter the keyword management-unit for CPU memory usage of the stack management unit. stack unit unit id Enter the keyword stack unit then a stack unit ID of the member unit for which to display memory usage on the forwarding processor.
PAGE 126
show processes memory output Field Description Max Maximum dynamic memory allocated Current Current dynamic memory in use The output for the show process memory command displays the memory usage statistics running on CP part (sysd) of the system. The sysd is an aggregate task that handles all the tasks running on S-Series’ CP. For the S-Series, the output of the show memory command and this command differ based on which Dell OS processes are counted.
PAGE 127
show software ifm Display interface management (IFM) data. Syntax Parameters show software ifm {clients [summary] | ifagt number | ifcb interface | stackunit unit-ID | trace-flags} clients Enter the keyword clients to display IFM client information. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to display brief information about IFM clients. ifagt number Enter the keyword ifagt then the number of an interface agent to display software pipe and IPC statistics.
PAGE 128
DSM 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x80771003 0x00000000 32 LACP 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x8000383f 0x00000000 35 DHCP 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x800000c2 0x0000c000 37 V6RAD 0 0x00000433 0x00030000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0 Unidentified Client0 0x006e0002 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0 Dell# show system Display the status of all stack members or a specific member.
PAGE 129
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Member Standby Member Member Member Member Member Member Management online online online online online online online online online S3148P S3148P S3148P S3124F S3124P S3124F S3148P S3124F S3148P S3148P S3148P S3148P S3124F S3124P S3124F S3148P S3124F S3148P 1-0(0-4679) 1-0(0-4679) 1-0(0-4679) 1-0(0-4679) 1-0(0-4679) 1-0(0-4679) 1-0(0-4679) 1-0(0-4679) 1-0(0-4679) 54 54 54 30 30 30 54 30 54 -- Module Info -Unit Module No Status Module Type Ports ------------------------------------
PAGE 130
Dell Networking OS Version : 1-0(0-4679) Jumbo Capable : yes POE Capable : no FIPS Mode : disabled Burned In MAC : f8:10:20:30:40:97 No Of MACs : 3 -- Module 1 -Status : not present -- Power Supplies -Unit Bay Status Type FanStatus FanSpeed(rpm) ----------------------------------------------------------1 1 up UNKNOWN up 0 1 2 absent absent 0 -- Fan Status -Unit Bay TrayStatus Fan1 Speed Fan2 Speed ---------------------------------------------------1 1 up up 7058 up 7164 Speed in RPM -- Unit 2 -Unit Type : M
PAGE 131
Unit Type : Member Unit Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : S3148P - 52-port GE/TE (S3100) Current Type : S3148P - 52-port GE/TE (S3100) Master priority : 0 Hardware Rev : 5.
PAGE 132
When using the pipe command ( | ), enter one of these keywords to filter command output. For details about filtering commands, refer to CLI Basics. save Enter the keyword save to save the command output. flash: Save to local flash drive (flash://filename. A maximum of 20 characters. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 133
Dell#show tech-support stack-unit 1 ? | Pipe through a command Dell# show tech-support stack-unit 1 | ? except Show only text that does not match a pattern find Search for the first occurrence of a pattern grep Show only text that matches a pattern no-more Don't paginate output save Save output to a file Dell# show tech-support stack-unit 1 | save ? flash: Save to local file system (flash://filename (max 20 chars) ) Dell# show tech-support stack-unit 1 | save flash://LauraSave Start saving show command
PAGE 134
! protocol lldp ! redundancy auto-synchronize full ssh-peer-stack-unit Open an SSH connection to the peer stack-unit. Syntax ssh-peer-stack-unit [-l username] Parameters -l username (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword -l then your user name. The default is the user name associated with the terminal. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 135
source-interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords /source-interface then the interface information to include the source interface. Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • • • • • • • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383.
PAGE 136
Example Dell# telnet vrf vrf1 10.10.10.2 telnet-peer-stack-unit Open a Telnet connection to the peer stack unit. Syntax telnet-peer-stack-unit Defaults Not configured. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 137
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. traceroute View a packet’s path to a specific device.
PAGE 138
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series with IPv6. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series (IPv4 only). 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF. 7.6.1.0 Added support for the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6 address on the E-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 139
Related Commands • ping — tests the connectivity to a device. undebug all Disable all debug operations on the system. Syntax undebug all Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 140
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 141
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information The write memory command saves the running-configuration to the file labeled startup-configuration.
PAGE 142
5 802.1ag 802.1ag is available on the Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 143
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. ccm transmit-interval Configure the transmit interval (mandatory). The interval specified applies to all maintenance endpoints (MEPs) in the domain. Syntax Parameters ccm transmit-interval seconds seconds Enter a transmit interval. The intervals are 1, 10, 60, and 600. Defaults 10 seconds Command Modes ECFM DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 144
database hold-time Set the amount of time that data from a missing MEP is kept in the continuity check database. Syntax database hold-time minutes Parameters minutes Enter a hold-time. The range is from 100 to 65535 minutes. Defaults 100 minutes Command Modes ECFM DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.
PAGE 145
md-level number Enter a maintenance domain level. The range is from 0 to 7. Defaults none Command Modes ETHERNET CFM Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.
PAGE 146
domain [name | level] Enter the keyword domain and then enter the domain name or domain level. ma-name name Enter the keyword ma-name and then enter the name of the maintenance association. mepid mep-id Enter an MEP ID. The range is from 1 to 8191. Defaults None Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.
PAGE 147
Parameters mep-id Enter the MEP ID. The range is from 1 to 8191. Defaults None Command Modes ECFM DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 148
Command Modes ETHERNET CFM Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 149
Parameters name | level Enter the maintenance domain name or level. brief Enter the keyword brief to display a summary output. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 8.3.19.
PAGE 150
Example Version Description Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 151
Domain Name: cfm0 MA Name: test0 Level: 7 VLAN: 10 MP ID: 900 Sender Chassis ID: Force10 MEP Interface status: Up MEP Port status: Forwarding Receive RDI: FALSE MP Status: Active Dell# show ethernet cfm mipbd Display the MIP database. Syntax show ethernet cfm mipdb Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.
PAGE 152
Example Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Dell# show ethernet cfm statistics Domain Name: Customer Domain Level: 7 MA Name: My_MA MPID: 300 CCMs: Transmitted: LTRs: Unexpected Rcvd: LBRs: Received: Received Bad MSDU: Transmitted: Dell# 1503 RcvdSeqErrors: 0 0 0 0 0 Rcvd Out Of Order: 0 show ethernet cfm port-statistics Display CFM statistics by port.
PAGE 153
LBM Pkts 0 LTM Pkts 3 LBR Pkts 0 LTR Pkts 0 show ethernet cfm traceroute-cache Display the link trace cache. Syntax show ethernet cfm traceroute-cache Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 154
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. traceroute cache hold-time Set the amount of time a trace result is cached. Syntax traceroute cache hold-time minutes Parameters minutes Enter a hold-time. The range is from 10 to 65535 minutes. Defaults 100 minutes Command Modes ETHERNET CFM Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 155
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. traceroute ethernet Send a linktrace message to an MEP. Syntax Parameters traceroute ethernet domain [name | level] ma-name remote {mep-id mep-id | macaddr mac-address} domain name | level Enter the keyword domain then the domain name or level. ma-name maname Enter the keyword ma-name then the maintenance association name. mepid mep-id Enter the MEP ID that is the trace target.
PAGE 156
6 802.1X 802.1X is a port-based Network Access Control (PNAC) that provides an authentication mechanism to devices wishing to attach to a LAN or WLAN. Until the authentication, only extensible authentication protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port. The Dell Networking OS supports remote authentication dial-in service (RADIUS) and active directory environments using 802.
PAGE 157
• • • show dot1x cos-mapping interface show dot1x interface show dot1x profile dot1x critical-vlan Configure critical-VLAN for users or devices when authentication server is not reachable. Syntax Parameters [no] dot1x critical-vlan vlan-id vlan-id Defaults Not Configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Enter the VLAN identifier. The VLAN-ID range is from 1 to 4094. INTERFACE (BATCH MODE) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 158
debug dot1x Display 802.1X debugging information. Syntax debug dot1x [all | auth-pae-fsm | backend-fsm | eapol-pdu] [interface interface] Parameters all Enable all debugs in dot1x. auth-pae-fsm Enable Authentication PAE FSM debugs in dot1x. backend-fsm Enable Backend Auth FSM debugs in dot1x. eapol-pdu Enable EAPOL frame trace in dot1x. interface interface Restricts the debugging information to an interface.
PAGE 159
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 160
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x auth-type mab-only To authenticate a device with MAC authentication bypass (MAB), only use the host MAC address. Syntax dot1x auth-type mab-only Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 161
To disable dot1x on a globally, use the no dot1x authentication command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 162
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • dot1x authentication (Configuration) — enable dot1x globally. dot1x guest-vlan Configure a guest VLAN for limited access users or for devices that are not 802.1X capable. Syntax dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id To disable the guest VLAN, use the no dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id command.
PAGE 163
Related Commands • • • dot1x auth-fail-vlan — Configure an authentication failure VLAN. dot1x reauthentication — Enable periodic re-authentication of the client. dot1x reauth-max — Configure the maximum number of times to re-authenticate a port before it becomes unauthorized dot1x host-mode Enable single-host or multi-host authentication. Syntax Parameters dot1x host-mode {single-host | multi-host | multi-auth} single-host Enable single-host authentication.
PAGE 164
To disable MAC authentication bypass on a port, use the no dot1x mac-auth-bypass command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 165
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x max-supplicants Restrict the number of supplicants that can be authenticated and permitted to access the network through the port. This configuration is only takes effect in Multi-auth mode.
PAGE 166
forceunauthorized Enter the keywords force-unauthorized to forcibly de-authorize a port. Defaults None Command Modes Auto Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 167
related commands such as the mac command. The dot1x static-mab command assigns the dot1x profile to an interface. Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to configure the dot1x profile in a dual-homing setup. Related Commands • • dot1x static-mab mac dot1x quiet-period Set the number of seconds that the authenticator remains quiet after a failed authentication with a client. Syntax dot1x quiet-period seconds To disable quiet time, use the no dot1x quiet-time command.
PAGE 168
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 169
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x server-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the server time-out. Syntax dot1x server-timeout seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x server-timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant. The default is 30. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 170
dot1x static-mab Enable static MAC authorization bypass (MAB) and configure static MAB profile to an interface. Syntax [no] dot1x static-mab profile profile-name Parameters profile profilename Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Enter the keyword profile and the profile-name to configure the static MAB profile name. The profile name length is limited to 32 characters. INTERFACE (BATCH MODE) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 171
dot1x supplicant-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the supplicant time-out. Syntax dot1x supplicant-timeout seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x supplicant-timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant. The default is 30. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 172
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. mac Configure a list of supplicant MAC addresses for dot1x profile represented with a profile-name.
PAGE 173
show dot1x cos-mapping interface Display the CoS priority-mapping table the RADIUS server provides and applies to authenticated supplicants on an 802.1X-enabled system. Syntax Parameters show dot1x cos-mapping interface interface [mac-address mac-address] interface Enter one of the following keywords and the interface information: • • mac-address For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 174
Dell# show dot1x cos-mapping interface gigabitethernet 1/32 mac-address 00:00:00:00:00:10 Supplicant Mac: 0 0 0 0 0 10 Lookup for Mac: 802.1p CoS re-map table on Gi 1/32: ---------------------------------802.1p CoS re-map table for Supplicant: 00:00:00:00:00:10 Dot1p 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Dell# Remapped Dot1p 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 show dot1x interface Display the 802.1X configuration of an interface.
PAGE 175
Usage Information If you enable 802.1X multi-supplicant authentication on a port, additional 802.1X configuration details (Port Authentication status, Untagged VLAN ID, Authentication PAE state, and Backend state) display for each supplicant, as shown in the following example. Example Dell# show dot1x interface gigabitethernet 1/32 802.
PAGE 176
----------------------------Dot1x Status: Enable Port Control: AUTO Re-Authentication: Disable Guest VLAN: Enable Guest VLAN id: 100 Auth-Fail VLAN: Disable Auth-Fail VLAN id: NONE Auth-Fail Max-Attempts: NONE Mac-Auth-Bypass: Enable Mac-Auth-Bypass Only: Enable Tx Period: 3 seconds Quiet Period: 60 seconds ReAuth Max: 2 Supplicant Timeout: 30 seconds Server Timeout: 30 seconds Re-Auth Interval: 3600 seconds Max-EAP-Req: 2 Host Mode: MULTI_AUTH Max-Supplicants: 128 Port status and State info for Supplicant:
PAGE 177
7 Access Control Lists (ACL) Access control lists (ACLs) are supported by the Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 178
• • • • • • • • • • • • seq arp (for Extended MAC ACLs) seq ether-type (for Extended MAC ACLs) seq (for IP ACLs) seq (for IPv6 ACLs) permit udp (for IPv6 ACLs) permit tcp (for IPv6 ACLs) permit icmp (for IPv6 ACLs) permit (for IPv6 ACLs) deny udp (for IPv6 ACLs) deny tcp (for IPv6 ACLs) deny icmp (for Extended IPv6 ACLs) deny (for IPv6 ACLs) Commands Common to all ACL Types The following commands are available within each ACL mode and do not have mode-specific options.
PAGE 179
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The remark command is available in each ACL mode. You can configure up to 4294967291 remarks for a given IP ACL and 65536 remarks for a given MAC ACL. The following example shows the use of the remark command twice within CONFIGURATION-STANDARDACCESS-LIST mode. The same sequence number was used for the remark and for an associated ACL rule.
PAGE 180
Example Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(config-std-nacl)# show conf ! ip access-list standard test remark 5 Permit traffic from XYZ Inc. seq 5 permit 1.1.1.0/24 count remark 10 Deny traffic from ABC seq 10 deny 2.1.1.0/24 count Dell(config-std-nacl)# Common IP ACL Commands The following commands are available within both Ingress and Egress IP ACL modes (Standard and Extended) and do not have modespecific options.
PAGE 181
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increase the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When you use the access-class access-list-name command without specifying the ipv4 or ipv6 attribute, both IPv4 as well as IPv6 rules that are defined in that ACL are applied to the terminal.
PAGE 182
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip access-group Assign an IP access list (IP ACL) to an interface. Syntax ip access-group access-list-name {in | out} [implicit-permit] [vlan vlan-id] [vrf vrf-name] To delete an IP access-group configuration, use the no ip access-group access-list-name {in | out} [implicit-permit] [vlan vlan-id] [vrf vrf-name] command.
PAGE 183
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can assign one ingress ACL and one egress ACL to an interface. NOTE: This command supports Loopback interfaces EE3 and EF series route processor modules (RPMs). This command does not support Loopback interfaces ED series RPMs and S-Series Loopback interfaces.
PAGE 184
cam_count List the count of the CAM rules for this ACL. interface interface Enter the keyword interface then the one of the following keywords and the interface information: • • • • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 185
Standard Ingress IP access list L3-ACL on vrf3 Total cam count 3 seq 5 permit 10.1.2.0/24 seq 10 permit 20.1.2.0/24 seq 15 permit 30.1.2.0/24 Dell# show ip access-lists Display all of the IP ACLs configured in the system, whether or not they are applied to an interface, and the count of matches/mismatches against each ACL entry displayed.
PAGE 186
deny To drop packets with a certain IP address, configure a filter. Syntax deny {source | any | host {ip-address}} [no-drop] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. Use the no deny {source [mask] | any | host ip-address} command. source Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format of the network from which the packet was sent.
PAGE 187
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Added support for the non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Usage Information The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. For more information, see the Quality of Service section in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. The software cannot count both packets and bytes; when you enter the count byte options, only bytes increment.
PAGE 188
The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent. For detailed specifications on entries allowed per ACL, refer to your line card documentation. Example Related Commands Dell(conf)# ip access-list standard TestList Dell(config-std-nacl)# • • ip access-list extended — create an extended access list. show config — display the current configuration. permit To permit packets from a specific source IP address to leave the switch, configure a filter.
PAGE 189
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Add the DSCP value for ACL matching. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for the non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. 6.5.
PAGE 190
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series (IPv6). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series (IPv4). 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When you have exhausted all the sequence numbers, this feature permits re-assigning a new sequence number to entries of an existing access-list.
PAGE 191
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the no-drop parameter. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Add the DSCP value for ACL matching. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.
PAGE 192
• Parameters Use the no deny {ip | ip-protocol-number} {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. ip Enter the keyword ip to configure a generic IP access list. The keyword ip specifies that the access list denies all IP protocols. ip-protocolnumber Enter a number from 0 to 255 to deny based on the protocol identified in the IP protocol header. source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent.
PAGE 193
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for the noncontiguous mask and added the monitor option. 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Usage Information The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only.
PAGE 194
fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. no-drop Enter the keywords no-drop to match only the forwarded packets. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 195
host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. dscp Enter this keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63.
PAGE 196
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 197
deny udp To drop user datagram protocol (UDP) packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter. Syntax deny udp {source mask | any | host ip-address} [operator port [port]] {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [dscp] [operator port [port]] [count [byte] [order] [fragments] [no-drop] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 198
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the no-drop parameter. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 199
Related Commands • • deny — assign a filter to deny IP traffic. deny tcp — assign a filter to deny TCP traffic. ip access-list extended Name (or select) an extended IP access list (IP ACL) based on IP addresses or protocols. Syntax ip access-list extended access-list-name To delete an access list, use the no ip access-list extended access-list-name command. Parameters access-list-name Enter a string up to 140 characters long as the access list name.
PAGE 200
permit To pass IP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter. Syntax permit {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ipaddress} [count [bytes]] [dscp value] [order] [fragments] [no-drop] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. Use the no deny {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command.
PAGE 201
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for the non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Usage Information The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. For more information, see the “Quality of Service” section of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 202
port port Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if you are using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535. The following list includes some common TCP port numbers: • • • • 23 = Telnet 20 and 21 = FTP 25 = SMTP 169 = SNMP destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous.
PAGE 203
Usage Information The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. For more information, see the “Quality of Service” section of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. NOTE: When you configure ACL logging and byte counters simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. The S-Series cannot count both packets and bytes; when you enter the count byte options, only bytes increment.
PAGE 204
dscp Enter the keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. operator (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following logical operand: • • • • • eq = equal to neq = not equal to gt = greater than lt = less than range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port parameter) port port Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if you are using the range logical operand. The range is 0 to 65535.
PAGE 205
Usage Information The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. For more information, see the “Quality of Service” section of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. NOTE: When you configure ACL logging and byte counters simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. The S-Series cannot count both packets and bytes; when you enter the count byte options, only bytes increment.
PAGE 206
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series (IPv4). 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.
PAGE 207
• • • • • port port eq = equal to neq = not equal to gt = greater than lt = less than range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port parameter.) (OPTIONAL) Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if you are using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535.
PAGE 208
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Add the DSCP value for ACL matching. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for the non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Deprecated the keyword established. 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry.
PAGE 209
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 210
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 211
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.4.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 212
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 213
Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 214
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 215
interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. For more information, see “Flow-based Monitoring” in the Port Monitoring section of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 216
mac-sourceaddress-mask (OPTIONAL) Specify which bits in the MAC address must match. If no mask is specified, a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 is applied (in other words, the filter allows only MAC addresses that match). count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to include ACL messages in the log.
PAGE 217
Extended MAC ACL Commands When an access-list is created without any rule and then applied to an interface, ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. The following commands configure Extended MAC ACLs. The platform supports both Ingress and Egress MAC ACLs. NOTE: For more information, also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common MAC Access List Commands sections. deny To drop packets that match the filter criteria, configure a filter.
PAGE 218
interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. For more information, see “Flow-based Monitoring” in the Port Monitoring section of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 219
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 220
To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. Use the no permit {any | host mac-address | mac-source-address mac-sourceaddress-mask} {any | mac-destination-address mac-destination-address-mask} command. any Enter the keyword any to forward all packets. host Enter the keyword host then a MAC address to forward packets with that host address. mac-sourceaddress Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format.
PAGE 221
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details about the packets that match.
PAGE 222
Related Commands Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increase the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • ip prefix-list — configure a prefix list. deny To drop packets meeting the criteria specified, configure a filter.
PAGE 223
If you do not use the ge or le options, only packets with an exact match to the prefix are filtered. ip prefix-list Enter the PREFIX-LIST mode and configure a prefix list. Syntax ip prefix-list prefix-name To delete a prefix list, use the no ip prefix-list prefix-name command. Parameters prefix-name Enter a string up to 16 characters long as the name of the prefix list, up to 140 characters long. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 224
permit Enter the keyword permit to configure a filter to forward packets meeting this condition. any (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword any to match any packets. ip-prefix /nn (OPTIONAL) Specify an IP prefix in the network/length format. For example, 35.0.0.0/8 means match the first 8 bits of address 35.0.0.0. ge min-prefix- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ge and then enter the minimum prefix length, which is a number from zero (0) to 32.
PAGE 225
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 226
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell# show ip prefix-list detail Ip Prefix-list with the last deletion/insertion: PL_OSPF_to_RIP ip prefix-list PL_OSPF_to_RIP: count: 3, range entries: 1, sequences: 5 - 25 seq 5 permit 1.1.1.0/24 (hit count: 0) seq 10 deny 2.1.0.0/16 ge 23 (hit count: 0) seq 25 permit 192.0.0.0 bitmask 192.0.0.0 (hit count: 800) Dell# show ip prefix-list summary Display a summary of the configured prefix lists.
PAGE 227
Route Map Commands When you create an access-list without any rule and then applied to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. To configure route maps and their redistribution criteria, use the following commands. continue To a route-map entry with a higher sequence number, configure a route-map. Syntax Parameters continue [sequence-number] sequence-number (OPTIONAL) Enter the route map sequence number. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 228
If the route-map entry contains sets with the continue clause, set actions are performed first then the continue clause jumps to the specified route map entry. • • Related Commands • • If a set action occurs in the first route map entry and then the same set action occurs with a different value in a subsequent route map entry, the last set of actions overrides the previous set of actions with the same set command.
PAGE 229
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 230
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • set community — specify a COMMUNITY attribute.
PAGE 231
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • • • • • • match ip address — redistribute routes that match an IP address. match ip next-hop — redistribute routes that match the next-hop IP address.
PAGE 232
Related Commands • • • • • • match interface — redistribute routes that match the next-hop interface. match ip next-hop — redistribute routes that match the next-hop IP address. match ip route-source — redistribute routes that match routes advertised by other routers. match metric — redistribute routes that match a specific metric. match route-type — redistribute routes that match a route type. match tag — redistribute routes that match a specific tag.
PAGE 233
match ip route-source To match based on the routes advertised by routes specified in IP access lists or IP prefix lists, configure a filter. Syntax match ip route-source {prefix-list prefix-list-name} To delete a match, use the no match ip route-source {prefix-list prefix-list-name} command. Parameters prefix-list prefixlist-name Enter the keywords prefix-list and then enter the name of configured prefix list, up to 140 characters. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 234
Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 235
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match route-type To match routes based on the how the route is defined, configure a filter.
PAGE 236
Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • • • • • • match interface — redistribute routes that match the next-hop interface. match ip address — redistribute routes that match an IP address. match ip next-hop — redistribute routes that match the next-hop IP address. match ip route-source — redistribute routes that match routes advertised by other routers. match metric — redistribute routes that match a specific metric.
PAGE 237
route-map Enable a route map statement and configure its action and sequence number. This command also places you in ROUTE-MAP mode. Syntax route-map map-name [permit | deny] [sequence-number] To delete a route map, use the no route-map map-name [permit | deny] [sequence-number] command. Parameters Defaults map-name Enter a text string of up to 140 characters to name the route map for easy identification. permit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword permit to set the route map default as permit.
PAGE 238
set as-path To modify the AS path for border gateway protocol (BGP) routes, configure a filter. Syntax set as-path prepend as-number [... as-number] To remove an AS-Path setting, use the no set as-path {prepend as-number | tag} command. Parameters prepend as- number Enter the keyword prepend and then enter up to eight AS numbers to be inserted into the BGP path information. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 239
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 240
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 241
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 242
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 243
Version Description pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The set local-preference command changes the LOCAL_PREF attribute for routes meeting the route map criteria. To change the LOCAL_PREF for all routes, use the bgp default local-preference command. Related Commands • bgp default local-preference — change the default LOCAL_PREF attribute for all routes. set metric To assign a new metric to redistributed routes, configure a filter.
PAGE 244
set metric-type To assign a new route type for routes redistributed to OSPF, configure a filter. Syntax set metric-type {internal | external | type-1 | type-2} To delete a setting, use the no set metric-type command. Parameters internal Enter the keyword internal to assign the Interior Gateway Protocol metric of the next hop as the route’s BGP MULTI_EXIT_DES (MED) value. external Enter the keyword external to assign the IS-IS external metric.
PAGE 245
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 246
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 247
Related Commands • • • • set automatic-tag — compute the tag value of the route. set level — specify the OSPF area for route redistribution. set metric — specify the metric value assigned to redistributed routes. set metric-type — specify the route type assigned to redistributed routes. set weight To add a non-RFC compliant attribute to the BGP route to assist with route selection, configure a filter. Syntax set weight weight To delete a weight specification, use the no set weight weight command.
PAGE 248
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 249
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 250
Version Description pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To apply the AS-PATH ACL to BGP routes, use the match as-path or neighbor filter-list commands. Example Related Commands Dell(conf)# ip as-path access-list TestPath Dell(config-as-path)# • match as-path — match on routes contain a specific AS-PATH. show ip as-path-access-lists Display the all AS-PATH access lists configured on the E-Series.
PAGE 251
Parameters comm-list-name Enter a text string as the name of the community-list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 252
Example Dell# show ip community-lists ip community-list ABC permit local-AS deny no-advertise permit no-export Dell# deny (for Standard IP ACLs) To drop packets with a certain IP address, configure a filter. Syntax deny {source | any | host {ip-address}}[count [byte]] [dscp value] [order] [fragments] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 253
can configure ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces; you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces. You can activate flow-based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering the flow-based enable command in the Monitor Session mode. When you enable this capability, traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction.
PAGE 254
Version Description 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero.
PAGE 255
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms.
PAGE 256
Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
PAGE 257
of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The time interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes.
PAGE 258
Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.
PAGE 259
of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The time interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
PAGE 260
Parameters log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate count the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100.
PAGE 261
• • Parameters Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. Use the no deny {any | mac-source-address mac-source-address-mask} command. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate count the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated.
PAGE 262
deny (for Extended MAC ACLs) To drop packets that match the filter criteria, configure a filter. Syntax deny {any | host mac-address | mac-source-address mac-source-address-mask} {any | host mac-address | mac-destination-address mac-destination-address-mask} [ethertype-operator] [count [byte]][log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 263
through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists.
PAGE 264
If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled after the logging interval period elapses. ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs. You can configure ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces; you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces.
PAGE 265
Version Description 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero.
PAGE 266
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
PAGE 267
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.
PAGE 268
monitor Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled.
PAGE 269
Parameters log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate count the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100.
PAGE 270
permit (for Standard MAC ACLs) To forward packets from a specific source MAC address, configure a filter. Syntax permit {any | mac-source-address [mac-source-address-mask]} [count [byte]] | [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. Use the no permit {any | mac-source-address mac-source-address-mask} command.
PAGE 271
Related Commands • • deny — configure a MAC ACL filter to drop packets. seq —configure a MAC ACL filter with a specified sequence number. seq (for Standard MAC ACLs) To a deny or permit filter in a MAC access list while creating the filter, assign a sequence number. Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {any | mac-source-address [mac-sourceaddress-mask]} [count [byte]] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, use the no seq sequence-number command.
PAGE 272
instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG).
PAGE 273
count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval. If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled after the logging interval period elapses. ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs.
PAGE 274
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module platforms. 9.3.0.0 Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000, and MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module platforms. Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
PAGE 275
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.
PAGE 276
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.
PAGE 277
monitor Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 278
of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
PAGE 279
• • Parameters Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. Use the no permit tcp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} command. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
PAGE 280
permit icmp (for IPv6 ACLs) To allow all or specific internet control message protocol (ICMP) messages, configure a filter. Syntax permit icmp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} [message-type] [count [byte]] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 281
the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port.
PAGE 282
count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval. If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled after the logging interval period elapses. ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs.
PAGE 283
Version Description 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000, and MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module platforms. Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
PAGE 284
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms.
PAGE 285
monitor Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is 5 minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 286
threshold-in msgs (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate count the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The time interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
PAGE 287
8 Access Control List (ACL) VLAN Groups and Content Addressable Memory (CAM) member vlan Add VLAN members to an ACL VLAN group. Syntax Parameters member vlan {VLAN-range} VLAN-range Enter the member VLANs using comma-separated VLAN IDs, a range of VLAN IDs, a single VLAN ID, or a combination. For example: Comma-separated: 3, 4, 6 Range: 5-10 Combination: 3, 4, 5-10, 8 Default None Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-acl-vl-grp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 288
implicit-permit Enter the keyword implicit-permit to change the default action of the ACL from implicit-deny to implicit-permit (that is, if the traffic does not match the filters in the ACL, the traffic is permitted instead of dropped). Default None Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-acl-vl-grp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.
PAGE 289
Group Name Members Test 1-100 Egress IP Acl Ingress IP Acl - Ingress V6 Acl test Vlan - The following sample output is displayed when using the show acl-vlan-group group-name option. NOTE: The access list name is truncated. Dell# show acl-vlan-group TestGroupSeventeenTwenty Group Name Egress IP Acl Ingress IP Acl Acl Vlan Members Test test 1-100 Ingress IPV6 The following sample output shows the line-by-line style display when using the show acl-vlan-group detail option.
PAGE 290
Example Field Description Current Settings(in block sizes) Information about the number of FP blocks that are currently in use or allocated. VlanOpenFlow Number of FP blocks for VLAN open flow operations. VlanIscsi Number of FP blocks for VLAN internet small computer system interface (iSCSI) counters. VlanHp Number of FP blocks for VLAN high performance processes. VlanFcoe Number of FP blocks for VLAN Fiber Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) operations.
PAGE 291
enhanced. A total of four VACP groups are present, of which two are for fixed groups and the other two are for dynamic groups. Out of the total of two dynamic groups, you can allocate zero, one, or two flow processor (FP) blocks to iSCSI Counters, OpenFlow and ACL Optimization. You can configure only two of these features at a point in time. show cam-usage View the amount of CAM space available, used, and remaining in each partition (including IPv4 Flow and Layer 2 ACL sub-partitions).
PAGE 292
| | OUT-L3 ACL | | OUT-V6 ACL 2 | 0 | IN-L2 ACL | | IN-L3 ACL | | IN-L3 FIB | | IN-V6 ACL | | IN-NLB ACL | | IPMAC ACL | | OUT-L2 ACL | | OUT-L3 ACL | | OUT-V6 ACL 3 | 0 | IN-L2 ACL | | IN-L3 ACL | | IN-L3 FIB | | IN-V6 ACL | | IN-NLB ACL | | IPMAC ACL | | OUT-L2 ACL | | OUT-L3 ACL | | OUT-V6 ACL Codes: * - cam usage is above 90%.
PAGE 293
Example 4: Output of the show camusage switch Command Dell#show cam-usage switch Stackunit|Portpipe| CAM Partition | Total CAM | Used CAM |Available CAM ========|========|=================|=============|=============| ============== 1 | 0 | IN-L2 ACL | 1536 | 0 | 1536 | | OUT-L2 ACL | 206 | 9 | 197 2 | 0 | IN-L2 ACL | 1536 | 0 | 1536 | | OUT-L2 ACL | 206 | 9 | 197 3 | 0 | IN-L2 ACL | 1536 | 0 | 1536 | | OUT-L2 ACL | 206 | 9 | 197 Codes: * - cam usage is above 90%.
PAGE 294
Parameters group-name Specify the name of the ACL VLAN group. The name can contain a maximum 140 characters. Default No default behavior or values Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.3.(0.
PAGE 295
Examples The following sample output shows the line-by-line style display when using the show acl-vlan-group detail option. Note that no group or access list names are truncated Dell# show acl-vlan-group detail Group Name : Test Egress IP Acl : Ingress IP Acl : test Ingress IPV6 Acl : Vlan Members : 1-100 Dell# description (ACL VLAN Group) Add a description to the ACL VLAN group.
PAGE 296
9 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) is a detection protocol that provides fast forwarding path failure detection.
PAGE 297
ROUTER BGP ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.
PAGE 298
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on S4810. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. bfd enable (Configuration) Enable BFD on all interfaces.
PAGE 299
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. bfd interval Specify non-default BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval.
PAGE 300
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell(conf-if-gi-1/3)# bfd interval 250 min_rx 300 multiplier 4 role passive Dell(conf-if-gi-1/3)# bfd neighbor Establish a BFD session with a neighbor. Syntax bfd neighbor ip-address To remove the BFD session with the neighbor, use the no bfd neighbor ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
PAGE 301
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Protocol Liveness is a feature that notifies the BFD Manager when a client protocol (for example, OSPF and ISIS) is disabled. When a client is disabled, all BFD sessions for that protocol are torn down.
PAGE 302
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ipv6 ospf bfd all-neighbors Establish BFD sessions with all OSPFv3 neighbors on a single interface or use non-default BFD session parameters.
PAGE 303
isis bfd all-neighbors Enable BFD on all IS-IS neighbors discovered on an interface. Syntax isis bfd all-neighbors [disable | [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}]] To remove all BFD sessions with IS-IS neighbors discovered on this interface, use the no isis bfd allneighbors [disable | [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}]] command. Parameters disable (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword disable to disable BFD on this interface.
PAGE 304
neighbor bfd Explicitly enable a BFD session with a BGP neighbor or a BGP peer group. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} bfd Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the BGP neighbor that you want to explicitly enable for BFD sessions in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group that you want to explicitly enable for BFD sessions. Defaults None Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 305
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 306
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Added support for BFD for BGP on the S4810. 8.4.1.3 Added support for BFD for BGP on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 307
vrrp bfd neighbor Establish a BFD for VRRP session with a neighbor. Syntax vrrp bfd neighbor ip-address To remove the BFD session with the neighbor, use the no vrrp bfd neighbor ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Defaults None Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 308
10 Border Gateway Protocol BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between autonomous systems (AS). BGP version 4 (BGPv4) supports classless inter-domain routing (CIDR) and the aggregation of routes and AS paths. Basically, two routers (called neighbors or peers) exchange information including full routing tables and periodically sent messages to update those routing tables.
PAGE 309
deletion, whenever the IPv4 VRF mode is deleted for the VRF, it will automatically delete the IPv6 VRF configurations as well. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 310
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 311
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 312
bgp asnotation Allows you to implement a method for AS number representation in the command line interface (CLI). Syntax bgp asnotation [asplain | asdot+ | asdot] To disable a dot or dot+ representation and return to ASPLAIN, enter the no bgp asnotation command. Defaults asplain Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.
PAGE 313
Related Commands • bgp four-octet-as-support — enable 4-byte support for the BGP process. bgp bestpath as-path ignore Ignore the AS PATH in BGP best path calculations. Syntax bgp bestpath as-path ignore To return to the default, enter the no bgp bestpath as-path ignore command. Defaults Disabled (that is, the software considers the AS_PATH when choosing a route as best). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 314
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.4 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information The bestpath router bgp configuration mode command changes the default bestpath selection algorithm. The multipath-relax option allows load-sharing across providers with different (but equal-length) autonomous system paths.
PAGE 315
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 316
Usage Information Configuring this option retains the current best-path. When sessions are then reset, the oldest received path is chosen as the best-path. bgp client-to-client reflection Allows you to enable route reflection between clients in a cluster. Syntax bgp client-to-client reflection To disable client-to-client reflection, use the no bgp client-to-client reflection command. Defaults Enabled when a route reflector is configured.
PAGE 317
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 318
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Added support for the 4-byte format Usage Information To accept 4-byte formats before entering a 4-byte AS number, configure your system. All the routers in the Confederation must be 4 byte or 2 byte identified routers. You cannot mix them.
PAGE 319
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Added support for the 4-byte format. Usage Information All the routers in the Confederation must be 4 byte or 2 byte identified routers. You cannot mix them. The autonomous systems configured in this command are visible to the EBGP neighbors. Each autonomous system is fully meshed and contains a few connections to other autonomous systems.
PAGE 320
once again advertised (or no longer suppressed). The range is from 1 to 20000. The default is 750. suppress (OPTIONAL) Enter a number as the suppress value, which is compared to the flapping route’s Penalty value. If the Penalty value is greater than the suppress value, the flapping route is no longer advertised (that is, it is suppressed). The range is from 1 to 20000. The default is 2000. max-suppresstime (OPTIONAL) Enter the maximum number of minutes a route can be suppressed.
PAGE 321
Defaults 100 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 322
This is done under BGP configuration and is supported per address family – for IPv4 and IPv6 address families. The configuration for a particular address family applies across all VRFs configured. This command must be performed on the router which is attaching link bandwidth to prefixes (typically a border router) as well as the router which is expected to load share traffic proportional to the bandwidth of the external links.
PAGE 323
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 324
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information Routers supporting 4-byte ASNs advertise that function in the OPEN message. The behavior of a 4-byte router is slightly different depending on whether it is speaking to a 2-byte router or a 4-byte router. When creating Confederations, all the routers in the Confederation must be 4 byte or 2 byte identified routers. You cannot mix them. Where the 2-byte format is from 1 to 65535, the 4-byte format is from 1 to 4294967295.
PAGE 325
BGP graceful restart is active only when the neighbor becomes established. Otherwise it is disabled. Gracefulrestart applies to all neighbors with established adjacency. This command automatically restarts the BGP instance for the configuration to take effect. bgp non-deterministic-med Compare MEDs of paths from different autonomous systems. Syntax bgp non-deterministic-med To return to the default, use the no bgp non-deterministic-med command.
PAGE 326
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.2.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 327
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced Usage Information BGP uses regular expressions (regex) to filter route information. In particular, the use of regular expressions to filter routes based on AS-PATHs and communities is common.
PAGE 328
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information Peering sessions are reset when you change the router ID of a BGP router.
PAGE 329
ipv6 Enter the ipv6 address family to clear. peer-group Enter the peer-group to clear all members of the peer-group. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 330
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 331
• • • • • • • • • . = (period) any single character (including a white space). * = (asterisk) the sequences in a pattern (0 or more sequences). + = (plus) the sequences in a pattern (1 or more sequences). ? = (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either 0 or 1 sequences). NOTE: Enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. ( ) = (parenthesis) groups a series of pattern elements to a single element.
PAGE 332
peer-group-name Enter the peer group name to reset the BGP sessions within that peer group. ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to reset ipv4 multicast routes. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword unicast to reset ipv4 unicast routes. ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to reset ipv6 unicast routes. soft (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword soft to reset soft configuration.
PAGE 333
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9500. • permit bandwidth – specify link band width extended-community attribute as the matching criteria to permitting incoming or outgoing traffic. debug ip bgp Display all information on BGP, including BGP events, keepalives, notifications, and updates. Syntax debug ip bgp [ vrf vrf-name | A.B.C.
PAGE 334
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To view information on both incoming and outgoing routes, do not include the in and out parameters in the debugging command.
PAGE 335
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for the E-Series. debug ip bgp events Display information on local BGP state changes and other BGP events. Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.
PAGE 336
debug ip bgp keepalives Display information about BGP keepalive messages. Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] keepalives [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] keepalives [in | out] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display BGP keepalive information corresponding to that VRF. A.B.C.
PAGE 337
X:X:X:X::X (OPTIONAL) Enter an IPv6 address. peer-group peer- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword peer-group then the name of the peer group. group-name in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view BGP notifications received from neighbors. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view BGP notifications sent to neighbors Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 338
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.2.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information This command turns on BGP soft-reconfiguration inbound debugging.
PAGE 339
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command.
PAGE 340
Related Commands • • bgp always-compare-med — enable comparison of all BGP MED attributes. redistribute — redistribute routes from other routing protocols into BGP. description Enter a description of the BGP routing protocol. Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the BGP protocol (80 characters maximum).
PAGE 341
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 342
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information By default, when you create a neighbor/peer group configuration in the Router BGP context, this enables IPv4/ Unicast AFI/SAFI. When you use activate in the new context, the neighbor/peer group enables for AFI/SAFI. It is not possible to de-activate a peer from the IPv4 unicast address family.
PAGE 343
neighbor advertisement-interval Set the advertisement interval between BGP neighbors or within a BGP peer group. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} advertisement-interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} advertisement-interval command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 344
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 345
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information You cannot set this configuration for a peer that is associated with a peer group. Similarly, you cannot associate a peer to a peer group if that peer is already configured with these settings. Related Commands • bgp four-octet-as-support — enable 4-byte support for the BGP process. neighbor default-originate Inject the default route to a BGP peer or neighbor.
PAGE 346
In case of eBGP, the neighbor default-originate command does not support extended-community as a non-transtive route-map attribute. You cannot set this configuration for a peer that is associated with a peer group. Similarly, you cannot associate a peer to a peer group if that peer is already configured with these settings.
PAGE 347
peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to apply the distribute list filter to all routers in the peer group. prefix-list-name Enter the name of an established prefix list. If the prefix list is not configured, the default is permit (to allow all routes). in Enter the keyword in to distribute only inbound traffic. out Enter the keyword out to distribute only outbound traffic. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 348
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 349
Usage Information When you enable failover, BGP keeps track of IP or IPv6 ability to reach the peer remote address and the peer local address. Whenever either address becomes unreachable (for example, no active route exists in the routing table for the peer IP or IPv6 destination/local address), BGP brings down the session with the peer. Related Commands • show ip bgp neighbors — display information on the BGP neighbors.
PAGE 350
neighbor maximum-prefix Control the number of network prefixes received. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} maximum-prefix maximum [threshold] [warning-only] To return to the default values, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} maximumprefix maximum command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group.
PAGE 351
neighbor password Enable message digest 5 (MD5) authentication on the TCP connection between two neighbors. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} password [encryption-type] password To delete a password, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} password command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the router to be included in the peer group. peer-group-name Enter the name of a configured peer group.
PAGE 352
Also, if you configure different passwords on the two routers, the following message appears on the console: %RPM0-P:RP1 %KERN-6-INT: BGP MD5 password mismatch from [peer's IP address] : 11502 to [local router's IP address] :179 neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) Allows you to assign one peer to an existing peer group. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group peer-group-name} dmzlink-bw To delete a peer from a peer group, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group peer-groupname} command.
PAGE 353
if a neighbor’s configuration is more specific than its peer group’s configuration, the neighbor may retain its configuration after it is added to the peer group. The neighbor’s configuration does not affect outgoing updates. A peer group must exist (be enabled) before you add a peer to it. If the peer group is disabled (shutdown), the peers within that group are also disabled (shutdown).
PAGE 354
neighbor peer-group passive Enable passive peering on a BGP peer group, that is, the peer group does not send an OPEN message, but responds to one. Syntax neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive [limit sessions] To delete a passive peer-group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive command. Parameters peer-group-name Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group.
PAGE 355
number Enter a number of the AS. The range is from 0 to 65535 (2 byte) or from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON.
PAGE 356
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Added 4-byte support. Usage Information Applies to EBGP neighbors only.
PAGE 357
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information When you apply a route map to outbound routes, only routes that match at least one section of the route map are permitted.
PAGE 358
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information A route reflector reflects routes to the neighbors assigned to the cluster. Neighbors in the cluster do not need not to be fully meshed. By default, when you use no route reflector, the internal BGP (IBGP) speakers in the network must be fully meshed.
PAGE 359
NOTE: If you configure a neighbor to accept such routes using the neighbor allowas-in command, you must disable sender-side loop detection for that neighbor. Related Commands • bgp client-to-client reflection — enable route reflection between the route reflector and the clients. neighbor send-community Send a COMMUNITY attribute to a BGP neighbor or peer group. A COMMUNITY attribute indicates that all routes with that attribute belong to the same community grouping.
PAGE 360
neighbor shutdown Disable a BGP neighbor or peer group. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} shutdown To enable a disabled neighbor or peer group, use the neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name}no shutdown command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group. Defaults Enabled (that is, BGP neighbors and peer groups are disabled.
PAGE 361
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 362
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 363
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information Loopback interfaces are up constantly and the BGP session may need one interface constantly up to stabilize the session.
PAGE 364
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information In the Dell Networking OS best path selection process, the path with the highest weight value is preferred. NOTE: In the Dell Networking OS best-path selection process, the path with the highest weight value is preferred. If you configure the set weight command in a route map applied to this neighbor, the weight set in that command overrides the weight set in the neighbor weight command.
PAGE 365
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information Dell Networking OS software resolves the network address the network command configures with the routes in the main routing table to ensure that the networks are reachable using non-BGP routes and non-default routes.
PAGE 366
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information Although Dell Networking OS does not generate a route due to the backdoor config, there is an option for injecting/sourcing a local route in the presence of network backdoor config on a learned route. permit bandwidth Enables you to specify link band width extended-community attribute as the matching criteria to permit incoming or outgoing traffic.
PAGE 367
• • • set next-hop set origin set weight If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 368
To stop redistribution of OSPF routes, use the no redistribute ospf process-id command. Parameters process-id Enter the number of the OSPF process. The range is from 1 to 65535. match external {1 | (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match external to redistribute OSPF external 2} routes. You can specify 1 or 2 to redistribute those routes only. match internal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match internal to redistribute OSPF internal routes only.
PAGE 369
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 370
Usage Information A new policy command is introduced in order to attach the Link Bandwidth extended community only to the prefixes that are received from a neighbor that satisfy the desired conditions. This command is relevant for both inbound as well as outbound policy handling (for received prefixes). Also, there is no change to the set of supported conditions or filters. During configuration, the bandwidth is specified in Mbps, not in bytes/second.
PAGE 371
0c020a01 04000100 01020080 00000000 PDU[2] : len 19, captured 00:34:51 ago ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00130400 PDU[3] : len 19, captured 00:34:50 ago ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00130400 [. . .] Dell# show config View the current ROUTER BGP configuration. Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 372
ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. network (OPTIONAL) Enter the network address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP network to view information only on that network. network-mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the network mask (in slash prefix format) of the BGP network address. longer-prefixes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords longer-prefixes to view all routes with a common prefix.
PAGE 373
Status codes: s suppressed, S stale, d dampened, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r redistributed n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete *> *> Network 55.0.0.0/24 66.0.0.0/24 Next Hop 172.16.0.2 172.16.0.2 Metric LocPrf Weight Path 0 200 i 0 200 i All the show and debugs commands display the link band width extended-community prefixed with DMZ-Link-bw along with other extended communities.
PAGE 374
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip bgp cluster-list command shown in the following example.
PAGE 375
ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv4 unicast routes. ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view information related only to ipv4 multicast routes. ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes.
PAGE 376
The following describes the show ip bgp community command shown in the following example. Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight.
PAGE 377
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 378
Communities : 200:1 1000:1 Dell# 3000:1 show ip bgp dampened-paths View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active). Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] dampened-paths Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view routes that are affected by a specific community list corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 379
Field Description Network Displays the network ID to which the route is dampened. From Displays the IP address of the neighbor advertising the dampened route. Reuse Displays the hour:minutes:seconds until the dampened route is available. Path Lists all the ASs the dampened route passed through to reach the destination network. Example Dell# show ip bgp dampened-paths BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.
PAGE 380
NdAuto 1 : NdEqCost 1 : NdSync 0 : NdDefOrg 0 NdV6ListSoc 14 NdDefDid 0 : NdConfedId 0 : NdMedConfed 0 : NdMedMissVal -1 : NdIgnrIllId 0 : NdRRC2C 1 : NdClstId 33686273 : NdPaTblP 0x41a19088 NdASPTblP 0x41a19090 : NdCommTblP 0x41a19098 : NhOptTransTblP 0x41a190a0 : NdRRClsTblP 0x41a190a8 NdPktPA 0 : NdLocCBP 0x41a6f000 : NdTmpPAP 0x419efc80 : NdTmpASPAP 0x41a25000 : NdTmpCommP 0x41a25800 NdTmpRRClP 0x41a4b000 : NdTmpOptP 0x41a4b800 : NdTmpNHP : NdOrigPAP 0 NdOrgNHP 0 : NdModPathP 0x419efcc0 : NdModASPAP 0x4
PAGE 381
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.
PAGE 382
ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv4 unicast routes. ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes. as-path-name Enter an AS-PATH access list name. The range is 140 characters. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 383
BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.5 Status codes: s suppressed, S stale, d dampened, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network *> 55.0.0.0/24 *> 66.0.0.0/24 Dell# Next Hop 172.16.0.2 172.16.0.2 Metric LocPrf Weight Path 0 200 400 500 600 i 0 200 500 i show ip bgp flap-statistics View flap statistics on BGP routes.
PAGE 384
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 385
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 386
Status codes: s suppressed, S stale, d dampened, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next Hop Metric *>n 11.11.11.11/32 0.0.0.0 *>n 22.22.22.22/32 0.0.0.0 I 32.32.32.32/32 60.0.0.2 I 32.32.33.33/32 60.0.0.2 *>n 33.33.33.33/32 0.0.0.0 *>n 33.33.44.55/32 0.0.0.0 *>n 44.44.44.44/32 0.0.0.0 *>I 55.55.0.0/16 72.1.1.2 *>I 55.55.55.55/32 72.1.1.2 *>I 55.
PAGE 387
denied-routes [network [network-mask] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords denied-routes then either the network address (in dotted decimal format) or the network mask (in slash prefix format) to view all information on routes denied via neighbor inbound filters. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.8(2.
PAGE 388
The Lines Beginning with: Description • Example keepalive interval is the number of seconds between keepalive messages to help ensure that the TCP session is still alive. Received messages This line displays the number of BGP messages received, the number of notifications (error messages), and the number of messages waiting in a queue for processing.
PAGE 389
Capabilities advertised to neighbor for IPv4 Unicast : MULTIPROTO_EXT(1) ROUTE_REFRESH(2) ADD_PATH(69) CISCO_ROUTE_REFRESH(128) For address family: IPv4 Unicast BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 InQ : Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 OutQ : Added 0, Withdrawn 0 Allow local AS number 0 times in AS-PATH attribute Prefixes accepted 2, withdrawn 15 by peer, martian prefixes ignored 0 Prefixes advertised 0, denied 0, withdrawn 0 from peer Connections established 1; dropped 0 Last res
PAGE 390
Field Description Via Displays the IP address and interface used to reach the next hop. RefCount Displays the number of BGP routes using this next hop. Cost Displays the cost associated with using this next hop. Flaps Displays the number of times the next hop has flapped. Flaps Displays the number of times the next hop has flapped. Example Dell# show ip bgp next-hop Next-hop Resolved 172.16.0.2 YES Dell# show ip bgp paths View all the BGP path attributes in the BGP database.
PAGE 391
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF for the S4810, S4820T, and S6000. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip bgp path command shown in the following example.
PAGE 392
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip bgp paths community command shown in the following example.
PAGE 393
summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view status information of the peers in that peer group. The output is the same as that found in the show ip bgp summary command. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 394
172.16.0.2 Dell# Related Commands • • neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) — assign a peer to a peer-group. neighbor peer-group (creating group) — create a peer group. show ip bgp regexp Display the subset of the BGP routing tables matching the regular expressions specified.
PAGE 395
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip bgp regexp command shown in the following example. Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then non-BGP routes exist in the router’s routing table. Metric Displays the BGP router’s metric, if assigned.
PAGE 396
Version Description 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information In BGP, route attributes are maintained at different locations.
PAGE 397
Field Description OutQ Displays the number of messages waiting to be sent to that neighbor. If a number appears in parentheses, the number represents the number of messages waiting to be sent to the peer group. Up/Down Displays the amount of time that the neighbor is in the Established stage. If the neighbor has never moved into the Established stage, the word never is displayed.
PAGE 398
Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show running-config bgp ! router bgp 100 network 1.1.11.1/32 network 1.1.12.1/32 network 1.1.13.1/32 neighbor 10.1.1.2 remote-as 200 neighbor 10.1.1.
PAGE 399
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. MBGP Commands Multiprotocol BGP (MBGP) is an enhanced BGP that enables multicast routing policy throughout the internet and connecting multicast topologies between BGP and autonomous systems (ASs). Dell Networking OS MBGP is implemented as per IETF RFC 1858. BGPv4 is supported in the following: Dell Platform Support Networking OS Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 400
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for the E-Series. distance bgp Configure three administrative distances for routes. Syntax distance bgp external-distance internal-distance local-distance To return to default values, use the no distance bgp command.
PAGE 401
show ip bgp dampened-paths View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active). Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] dampened-paths vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view routes that are affected by a specific community list corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view information related only to ipv4 multicast routes.
PAGE 402
Example Dell# show ip bgp dampened-paths BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.5 Status codes: s suppressed, S stale, d dampened, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r redistributed n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network d From 55.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.
PAGE 403
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z-9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If the set community rt and soo are in the same route-map entry, the behavior defines as: • Related Commands • • If the rt option comes before soo, with or without the additive option, soo overrides the communities rt sets.
PAGE 404
Usage Information If the set community rt and soo are in the same route-map entry, the behavior defines as: • Related Commands • • If the rt option comes before soo, with or without the additive option, soo overrides the communities rt sets. If the rt option comes after soo, without the additive option, rt overrides the communities soo sets. If the rt with the additive option comes after soo, rt adds the communities soo sets.
PAGE 405
show ip extcommunity-list Display the IP extended community list. Syntax Parameters show ip extcommunity-list [word] word Enter the name of the extended community list you want to view. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.
PAGE 406
ipv4-neighboraddr | ipv6neighbor-addr Clear and reapply policies for a neighbor. peer-group name Clear and reapply policies for all BGP routers in the specified peer group. ipv6 unicast Clear and reapply policies for all IPv6 unicast routes. in Reapply only inbound policies. NOTE: If you enter soft, without an in or out option, both inbound and outbound policies are reset. out Reapply only outbound policies.
PAGE 407
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv4 multicast and IPv6 unicast routes. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command turns on BGP soft-reconfiguration inbound debugging for IPv6 unicast routes. If no neighbor is specified, debug is turned on for all neighbors.
PAGE 408
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv4 multicast and IPv4 unicast address families. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 409
IPv6 MBGP Commands Multiprotocol BGP (MBGP) is an enhanced BGP that enables the multicast routing policy throughout the internet and connecting multicast topologies between BGP and autonomous systems (AS). FTOS MBGP is implemented as per IETF RFC 1858. show ipv6 mbgproutes Display the selected IPv6 MBGP route or a summary of all MBGP routes in the table.
PAGE 410
11 Content Addressable Memory (CAM) You can use content addressable memory (CAM) commands to configure the amount of memory allocated to CAM memory partitions. NOTE: Not all CAM commands are supported on all platforms. Be sure to note the platform when looking for a command. NOTE: If you are using these features for the first time, contact Dell Networking Technical Assistance Center (TAC) for guidance.
PAGE 411
Important Points to Remember • • • • • • • Dell Networking OS supports CAM allocations on the C-Series and S-Series. All line cards within a single system must have the same CAM profile (including CAM sub-region configurations); this profile must match the system CAM profile (the profile on the primary route processor module [RPM]).
PAGE 412
l2pt number Enter the keyword l2pt and then the number of FP blocks for l2 protocol tunnelling. The range is from 0 to 1. Ipmacacl number Enter the keyword ipmacacl and then the number of FP blocks for IP and MAC ACL. The range is from 0 to 6. ecfmaclnumber Enter the keyword ecfmacacl and then the number of FP blocks for ECFM ACL. The range is from 0 to 5. nlbclusteracl Enter the keyword nlbclusteracl and then the number of FP blocks for nlbcluster ACL. The range is from 0 to 2.
PAGE 413
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the nlbcluster ACL keyword. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for PBR and VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Added support for fcoe. 9.1.(0.0) Added support for OpenFlow. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.2 Clarified block information for the S4810. 8.3.10.
PAGE 414
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. cam-optimization Optimize CAM utilization for QoS Entries by minimizing require policy-map CAM space. Syntax cam-optimization [qos] Parameters qos Optimize CAM usage for QoS. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 415
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 416
1 block = 256 entries 2 4 4 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 L2Acl : Ipv4Acl : Ipv6Acl : Ipv4Qos : L2Qos : L2PT : IpMacAcl : VmanQos : EcfmAcl : FcoeAcl : iscsiOptAcl : ipv4pbr : vrfv4Acl : Openflow : fedgovacl : nlbclusteracl: Dell# test cam-usage Verify that enough CAM space is available for the IPv6 ACLs you have created. Syntax test cam-usage service-policy input input policy name stack-unit {number | all} Parameters policy-map name Enter the name of the policy-map to verify. Maximum is 32 characters.
PAGE 417
Example Term Explanation Stack-Unit Lists the stack unit or units that are checked. Entering all shows the status for all stacks. Portpipe Lists the portpipe (port-set) or port pipes (port-sets) that are checked. Entering all shows the status for stack-units and port-pipes in the chassis. The port set value is from 0 to 0. CAM Partition Shows the CAM profile of the CAM. Available CAM Identifies the amount of CAM space remaining for that profile.
PAGE 418
12 Control Plane Policing (CoPP) Control plane policing (CoPP) uses access control list (ACL) rules and quality of service (QoS) policies to create filters for a system’s control plane. The CoPP filters prevent traffic that is not identified as legitimate from reaching the control plane, and rate-limit traffic to an acceptable level.
PAGE 419
Parameters policy-name Enter the service-policy name, using a string up to 32 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONTROL-PLANE-CPUQOS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.
PAGE 420
Version Description 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information This command applies the service-policy based on the type of protocol defined in the ACL rules. Create ACL and QoS policies prior to enabling this command. For CoPP, use the keyword cpu-qos when creating qos-policy-input. Related Commands • • • • • ip access-list extended — creates an extended IP ACL. mac access-list extended — creates an extended MAC ACL. qos-policy-input — creates a QoS input policy map.
PAGE 421
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000.
PAGE 422
Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10 Q11 Dell# 400 400 600 600 600 300 50 50 50 50 50 50 show ip protocol-queue-mapping Display the queue mapping for each configured protocol. Syntax show ip protocol-queue-mapping Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
PAGE 423
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 424
Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 425
13 Debugging and Diagnostics The basic debugging and diagnostic commands are supported by the Dell Networking OS. Topics: • • • Diagnostics and Monitoring Commands Offline Diagnostic Commands Hardware Commands Diagnostics and Monitoring Commands The following section describes the diagnostics and monitoring commands. For similar commands, refer to the Control and Monitoring chapter. logging coredump stack-unit Enable coredump on a stack.
PAGE 426
Offline Diagnostic Commands The offline diagnostics test suite is useful for isolating faults and debugging hardware. While tests are running, Dell Networking OS results are saved as a text file (TestReport-SU-X.txt) in the flash directory. This show file command is available only on master and standby. Important Points to Remember • • • Offline diagnostics can only be run when the unit is offline. You can only run offline diagnostics on a unit to which you are connected via the console.
PAGE 427
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced the verbose option. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. offline stack-unit Place a stack unit in the offline state.
PAGE 428
online stack-unit Place a stack unit in the online state. Syntax online stack-unit number Parameters number Enter the stack-unit number. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 429
cpu party-bus statistics Enter the keywords cpu party-bus statistics to clear the management statistics. cpu sata-interface Enter the keywords cpu sata-interface statistics to clear the sata interface statistics statistics. stack-port Enter the keywords stack-port then the port number of the stacking port to clear the statistics of the particular stacking port. The range is from 1 to 52. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 430
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. clear hardware vlan-counters Clear VLAN statistics. Syntax clear hardware vlan-couters vlan-id Parameters vlan-id Enter the interface VLAN number. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 431
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information This command enables a hardware watchdog mechanism that automatically reboots an Dell Networking OS switch/ router with a single unresponsive unit. This behavior is a last-resort mechanism intended to prevent a manual power cycle.
PAGE 432
stack-unit number Enter the keywords stack-unit then a number to select a stack ID. port-set 0–0 Enter the keyword port-set with a port-pipe number. The range is from 0 to 0. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 433
| port-stats [detail] | register} TI monitor Enter the unit keyword to show information regarding the TI register. Defaults None Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example (DataPlane) Example (PartyBus) EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.10(0.0) Increased the stacking range to 12 units in S3100 series. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series.
PAGE 434
0 packets, 0 bytes 0 errors Example (Drops Unit) Example (PortStats) Example (Register) 434 Dell# sh hard stack-unit PortNumber Ingress Drops 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 EgMac Drops Egress Drops 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Dell# 1 drops unit IngMac Drops 0 0 0 0 0 Total Mmu Drops 0 0 0 0 Dell# show hardware stack-unit 1 unit 0 port-stats ena/ speed/ link auto STP lrn inter max loop port link duplex scan neg? state pause discrd ops face frame back ge0 down SW Yes Block Untag FA SGMII 1554 ge1 !ena SW Yes Block Tag FA SGMII 1
PAGE 435
0x0061804c ASFPORTSPEED.hg0 = 0x00000007 0x0061904c ASFPORTSPEED.hg1 = 0x00000007 0x0061a04c ASFPORTSPEED.hg2 = 0x00000000 0x0061b04c ASFPORTSPEED.hg3 = 0x00000000 0x0061c04c ASFPORTSPEED.cpu0 = 0x00000000 0x00780000 AUX_ARB_CONTROL.ipipe0 = 0x0000001c 0x0e700102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.ge0 = 0x00000000 0x0e701102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.ge1 = 0x00000000 0x0e702102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.ge2 = 0x00000000 0x0e703102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.ge3 = 0x00000000 0x0e704102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.ge4 = 0x00000000 0x0e705102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.
PAGE 436
RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX 436 13 - Multicast Frame Counter Broadcast Frame Counter Byte Counter Control Frame Counter Pause Control Frame Counter Oversized Frame Counter Jabber Frame Counter VLAN Tag Frame Counter Double VLAN Tag Frame Counter RUNT Frame Counter Fragment Counter VLAN Tagged Packets Ingress Dropped Pa
PAGE 437
TX - Debug Counter 9 TX - Debug Counter 10 TX - Debug Counter 11 --------------------unit: 0 port: 61 (interface Gi 1/60) Description RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX - IPV4 L3 Unicast Frame Counter IPV4 L3 Routed Multicast Packets IPV6 L3 Unicast Frame Counter IPV6 L3 Routed Multicast Packets Unicast Packet Counter 64 Byte Frame Counter 65 to 127 Byte Frame Co
PAGE 438
TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX Example (Details) - Packet/Frame Counter Unicast Frame Counter Multicast Frame Counter Broadcast Frame Counter Byte Counter Control Frame Counter Pause Control Frame Counter Oversized Frame Counter Jabber Counter VLAN Tag Frame Counter Double VLAN Tag Frame Counter RUNT Frame Counter Fragment Counter PFC Frame Priority 0 PFC Frame Priority 1 PFC Frame Priority 2 PFC Frame Priority 3 PFC Frame Priority 4 PFC
PAGE 439
The linkStatus of Front End Port 11 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 12 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 13 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 14 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 15 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 16 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 17 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 18 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 19 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 20 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 21 is FALSE The linkStatus of
PAGE 440
show hardware buffer interface Display buffer statistics for a specific interface. Syntax show hardware buffer interface interface{priority-group { id | all } | queue { id| all} ] buffer-info Parameters interface interface Enter any of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • Command Modes For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 441
----- Buffer Stats for Interface Gi 1/1 Queue Maximum Shared Limit: 29514 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: Used Packet Buffer: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface Gi 1/1 Queue Maximum Shared Limit: 29514 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: Used Packet Buffer: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface Gi 1/1 Queue Maximum Shared Limit: 29514 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: Used Packet Buffer: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface Gi 1/1 Queue Maximum Shared Limit: 29514 Default Pack
PAGE 442
Example Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9500.
PAGE 443
Parameters interface interface Enter any of the following keywords and the interface information: • • Command Modes For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 444
EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the keyword interface all. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the S5000. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, S4810, and S4820T.
PAGE 445
Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------MCAST 3 0 Unit 1 unit: 3 port: 29 (interface Fo 1/172) --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------MCAST 3 0 Unit 1 unit: 3 port: 33 (interface Fo 1/176) --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------MCAST 3 0 Unit 1 unit: 3 port: 37 (interface Fo 1/180) --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFER
PAGE 446
2044 2043 2042 2041 2040 2039 2038 2037 2036 2035 2034 2033 384 383 382 380 379 4 3 2 1 25 Dell# Example GVRP traffic Redirects ARP Reply Redirects 802.1x frames Redirects VRRP frames Redirects GRAT ARP DROP Cases OSPF1 STUB OSPF2 STUB VRRP STUB L2_DST_HIT+BC MAC+VLAN 4095 L2_DST_HIT+BC MAC Catch all OSPF[224.0.0.5] Packets OSPF[224.0.0.
PAGE 447
action={act=CosQCpuNew, param0=6(0x06), param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=CopyToCpu, param0=0(0x00), param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=UpdateCounter, param0=1(0x01), param1=0(0x00)}, !--------- output truncated -----------------! show hardware vlan-counters Display the hardware VLAN statistics. Syntax Parameters show hardware vlan-counters vlan-id vlan-id Enter the interface VLAN number. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults None Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 448
EXEC Privilege Command History Example displaying internal drops for the specific interface 448 This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Removed the keywords stack-unit. Introduced on the Z9500. 9.7(0.
PAGE 449
HOL DROPS on COS17 TxPurge CellErr Aged Drops --- Egress MAC counters--Egress FCS Drops --- Egress FORWARD PROCESSOR IPv4 L3UC Aged & Drops TTL Threshold Drops INVALID VLAN CNTR Drops L2MC Drops PKT Drops of ANY Conditions Hg MacUnderflow TX Err PKT Counter --- Error counters--Internal Mac Transmit Errors Unknown Opcodes Internal Mac Receive Errors : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 Drops : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 --- : 0 : 0 : 0 Debugging and Diagnostics 449
PAGE 450
14 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) is an application layer protocol that dynamically assigns IP addresses and other configuration parameters to network end-stations (hosts) based on the configuration policies the network administrators determine.
PAGE 451
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information Press Enter after the clear ip dhcp binding command clears all the IPs from the binding table. debug ip dhcp server Display Dell OS debugging messages for DHCP. Syntax Parameters debug ip dhcp server [events | packets] events Enter the keyword events to display the DHCP state changes. packet Enter the keyword packet to display packet transmission/reception.
PAGE 452
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000 and Z-Series. default-router Assign a default gateway to clients based on the address pool. Syntax default-router address [address2...address8] Parameters address Enter a list of routers that may be the default gateway for clients on the subnet. You may specify up to eight routers. List them in order of preference. Defaults None Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 453
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. dns-server Assign a DNS server to clients based on address pool. Syntax Parameters dns-server address [address2...
PAGE 454
Defaults None Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 455
hardware-address For manual configurations, specify the client hardware address. Syntax Parameters hardware-address address address Enter the hardware address of the client. Defaults None Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 456
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. lease Specify a lease time for the addresses in a pool. Syntax lease {days [hours] [minutes] | infinite} Parameters days Enter the number of days of the lease. The range is from 0 to 31. hours Enter the number of hours of the lease. The range is from 0 to 23. minutes Enter the number of minutes of the lease.
PAGE 457
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 458
network Specify the range of addresses in an address pool. Syntax network network /prefix-length Parameters network/ prefixlength Specify a range of addresses. Prefix-length range is from 17 to 31. Defaults None Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
PAGE 459
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp binding Display the DHCP binding table. Syntax show ip dhcp binding Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.
PAGE 460
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 461
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp server Display the DHCP server statistics. Syntax show ip dhcp server statistics Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
PAGE 462
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. • arp inspection-trust — specify a port as trusted so that ARP frames are not validated against the binding table.
PAGE 463
Parameters binding Clears the binding table. source-addressClears discard counters from all the interfaces configured with IP Source Guard. validation discardcounters interface interface (OPTIONAL) Specifies an interface to clear the discard counters. Enter any of the following keywords and the interface information: • • • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 464
clear ipv6 dhcp snooping binding Clear all the DHCPv6 snooping binding database entries. Syntax clear ipv6 dhcp snooping binding Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 465
ip dhcp snooping Enable DHCP snooping globally. Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 466
ipv6 dhcp snooping vlan Enable ipv6 DHCP Snooping on VLAN or range of VLANs. Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping vlan vlan-id To disable the ipv6 dhcp snooping on VLAN basis or range of VLAN, use the no ipv6 dhcp snooping vlan command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the name of a VLAN id or list of the VLANs to enable DHCP Snooping. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 467
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.
PAGE 468
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, S6000-ON, and Z-Series. ip dhcp snooping database Delay writing the binding table for a specified time. Syntax ip dhcp snooping database write-delay minutes Parameters minutes The range is from 5 to 21600.
PAGE 469
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, S6000-ON, and Z-Series. ip dhcp snooping database renew Renew the binding table.
PAGE 470
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, S6000-ON, and Z-Series. ip dhcp snooping trust Configure an interface as trusted. Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping trust Defaults Untrusted Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 471
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, S6000-ON, and Z-Series. ip dhcp source-address-validation Enable the IP Source Guard. Syntax Parameters [no] ip dhcp source-address-validation [ipmac] [vlan vlan-id] ipmac Enable IP+MAC Source Address Validation. vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) SAV validates the source IP address along with the source VLAN ID against the DHCP snooping binding table.
PAGE 472
ip dhcp relay information-option Enable Option 82. Syntax ip dhcp relay information-option [trust-downstream] [vpn] Parameters trust-downstream Configure the system to trust Option 82 when it is received from the previous-hop router. vpn Enter the keyword vpn to add VPN/VRF related sub-option to relay agent information Option 82. NOTE: Adds the VPN/VRF related sub-options into the relay agent information option(82). When DHCP broadcasts are forwarded by the relay agent from clients to DHCP server.
PAGE 473
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 474
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. Version 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Usage Information Use this command on the interfaces where the DHCP clients are connected to forward the packets from clients to DHCP server and vice-versa. Example Dell(conf-if-gi-1/12)# ip helper-address vrf jay 10.0.0.
PAGE 475
Parameters Parameters Description binding Display the binding table. source-addressvalidation Display the interfaces configured with IP Source Guard. discard-counters (OPTIONAL) Display the number of dropped packets. interface interface (OPTIONAL) Specifies an interface to show the discard counters. Enter any of the following keywords and the interface information: • • • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 476
The following example displays the port channel interfaces configured with IP Source Guard: Dell> show ip dhcp snooping source-address-validation interface portchannel 10 ipmac-vlan sav access-list on Port-channel 10 on stack-unit 1 Total cam count 5 permit host 0.0.0.0 host 00:00:00:00:00:00 count (0 packets) permit vlan 10 host 1.1.1.1 host 00:00:00:00:01:01 count (0 packets) permit vlan 10 host 1.1.1.2 host 00:00:00:00:01:02 count (0 packets) permit vlan 10 host 1.1.1.
PAGE 477
show ipv6 dhcp snooping Display the DHCPv6 snooping binding database. Syntax show ipv6 dhcp snooping Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.
PAGE 478
Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 479
Usage Information Use this command to configure a domain name corresponding to a VRF. This domain is appended to the in complete DNS requests corresponding to the specified VRF. Example Dell(conf)# ip domain-name vrf jay dell.com ip domain-list Adds a domain name to the DNS list. This domain name is appended to incomplete host names in DNS requests corresponding to a specific VRF.
PAGE 480
ip-address Enter the IP address of the name server in dotted decimal format. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON.
PAGE 481
15 Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP) Equal cost multi-path (ECMP) supports multiple "best paths" in next-hop packet forwarding to a destination device. Topics: • • • • • • • • ecmp-group hash-algorithm ip ecmp-group ip ecmp weighted link-bundle-monitor enable link-bundle-distribution trigger-threshold show config show link-bundle distribution ecmp-group Provides a mechanism to monitor traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle.
PAGE 482
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information Using CONFIGURATION mode, create an ECMP group ID. You can then assign interfaces to the ECMP group using CONFIGURATION ECMP-GROUP mode. You can also enable on the port-channel configuration using the CONFIGURATION ECMP-GROUP command mode.
PAGE 483
• • seed xor8: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR8 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor8 xor16: Use CR16 — 16 bit XOR Enter the keyword seed and the seed value of the hash algorithm. The value ranges from 0 to 2147483646. Defaults IPSA and IPDA mask value is FF for the stack-unit. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 484
ip ecmp-group Enable and specify the maximum number of ecmp that the L3 CAM hold for a route, By default, when maximum paths are not configured, the CAM can hold a maximum of 16 ecmp per route. Syntax ip ecmp-group {maximum-paths | {number} {path-fallback} To negate a command, use the no ip ecmp-group maximum-paths {number} command. Parameters maximum-paths Specify the maximum number of ECMP for a route. The range is 2 to 64. path-fallback Use the keywords path-fallback to enable this feature.
PAGE 485
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information Enabling this CLI would inform the FIB to re-program the destination prefix paths with weights in the HW/CAM on the fly. If disabled, the CLI would inform the FIB to re-program the destination prefix paths with no weights or regular ECMP.
PAGE 486
To exit from ecmp group mode, use the exit command. Parameters percent Indicate the threshold value when traffic distribution starts being monitored on an ECMP link bundle. The range is from 1 to 90%. The default is 60%. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
PAGE 487
show link-bundle distribution Display the link-bundle distribution for the interfaces in the bundle, type of bundle (LAG or ECMP), and the most recently calculated interface utilization (either bytes per second rate or maximum rate) for each interface. Syntax show link-bundle-distribution Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 488
16 FIPS Cryptography To configure federal information processing standards (FIPS) cryptography, use the following commands: Topics: • • • • fips mode enable show fips status show ip ssh ssh fips mode enable Enable the FIPS cryptography mode on the platform. Syntax [no] fips mode enable To disable the FIPS cryptography mode, use the no fips mode enable command. Default Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 489
Example Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 490
With FIPS Mode enabled: Dell# show ip ssh SSH server : enabled. SSH server version : v2. SSH server vrf : default. SSH server ciphers : 3des-cbc,aes128-cbc,aes192-cbc,aes256-cbc,aes128ctr,aes192-ctr,aes256-ctr. SSH server macs : hmac-sha1-96. SSH server kex algorithms : diffie-hellman-group14-sha1. Password Authentication : enabled. Hostbased Authentication : disabled. RSA Authentication : disabled. Vty Encryption HMAC Remote IP 0 3des-cbc hmac-sha1-96 10.1.20.48 1 3des-cbc hmac-sha1-96 10.1.20.
PAGE 491
-l username (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword —l then the user name used in this SSH session. The default is the user name of the user associated with the terminal. -m HMAC algorithm Enter one of the following HMAC algorithms to use. (For v2 clients only.): Without the FIPS mode enabled: • • • • hmac-shal-96: Force ssh to use the hmac-sha1–96 HMAC algorithm. hmac-sha1: Force ssh to use the hmac-sha1 HMAC algorithm. hmac-md5–96: Force ssh to use the hmac-md5–96 HMAC algorithm.
PAGE 492
Example If FIPS mode is not enabled: Dell# ssh 10.10.10.10 ? -c Encryption cipher to use (for v2 clients only) -l User name option -m HMAC algorithm to use (for v2 clients only) -p SSH server port option (default 22) -v SSH protocol version Dell# ssh 10.10.10.
PAGE 493
17 Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) FRRP is a proprietary protocol for that offers fast convergence in a Layer 2 network without having to run the spanning tree protocol (STP). The resilient ring protocol is an efficient protocol that transmits a high-speed token across a ring to verify the link status. All the intelligence is contained in the master node with practically no intelligence required of the transit mode. Important Points to Remember • • • • • • • FRRP is media- and speed-independent.
PAGE 494
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics counters on all the available rings.
PAGE 495
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 496
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced. disable Disable the resilient ring protocol. Syntax disable To enable the Resilient Ring Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
PAGE 497
secondary interface Enter the keyword secondary to configure the secondary interface then one of the following interfaces and the interface information: • • • control-vlan vlan- id For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 498
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.
PAGE 499
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. protocol frrp Enter the Resilient Ring Protocol and designate a ring identification. Syntax protocol frrp {ring-id} To exit the ring protocol, use the no protocol frrp {ring-id} command. Parameters ring-id Enter the ring identification number. The range is from 1 to 255. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 500
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 501
Example (2 Summary) Dell# show frrp 2 summary Dell#show frrp 2 summary Ring-ID State Mode Ctrl_Vlan Member_Vlans ----------------------------------------------2 Up Master 2 11-20, 25, 27-30 Dell# Related Commands • protocol frrp — enter the resilient ring protocol and designate a ring identification. timer Set the hello interval or dead interval for the Ring control packets.
PAGE 502
Usage Information The hello interval command is the interval at which ring frames are generated from the primary interface of the master node. The dead interval command is the time that elapses before a time-out occurs.
PAGE 503
18 GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP) The Dell Networking operating system supports the basic GVRP commands on the Dell Networking OS. The generic attribute registration protocol (GARP) mechanism allows the configuration of a GARP participant to propagate through a network quickly. A GARP participant registers or de-registers its attributes with other participants by making or withdrawing declarations of attributes.
PAGE 504
• • • show garp timers show gvrp show gvrp statistics clear gvrp statistics Clear GVRP statistics on an interface. Syntax clear gvrp statistics interface interface Parameters interface interface Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • • • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 505
pdu Enter the keyword pdu then one of the following Interface keywords and the interface information: • • • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 506
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series • • gvrp enable — enable GVRP on physical interfaces and LAGs. protocol gvrp — access GVRP protocol. garp timers Set the intervals (in milliseconds) for sending GARP messages.
PAGE 507
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series Usage Information • • • Related Commands • Join Timer — Join messages announce the willingness to register some attributes with other participants. For reliability, each GARP application entity sends a Join message twice and uses a join timer to set the sending interval. Leave Timer — Leave announces the willingness to de-register with other participants.
PAGE 508
gvrp registration Configure the GVRP register type. Syntax gvrp registration {fixed | normal | forbidden} To return to the default, use the gvrp register normal command. Parameters fixed Enter the keyword fixed then the VLAN range in a comma-separated VLAN ID set. normal Enter the keyword normal then the VLAN range in a comma-separated VLAN ID set. This setting is the default. forbidden Enter the keyword forbidden then the VLAN range in a comma-separated VLAN ID set.
PAGE 509
protocol gvrp Access GVRP protocol — (config-gvrp)#. Syntax protocol gvrp Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 510
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series • • gvrp enable — enable GVRP on physical interfaces and LAGs. protocol gvrp — access the GVRP protocol. show garp timers Display the GARP timer settings for sending GARP messages. Syntax show garp timers Defaults None Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 511
show gvrp Display the GVRP configuration. Syntax Parameters show gvrp [brief | interface] brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display a brief summary of the GVRP configuration. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • • • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 512
Related Commands • show gvrp statistics — display the GVRP statistics. show gvrp statistics Display the GVRP configuration statistics. Syntax show gvrp statistics {interface interface | summary} Parameters interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface then one of the interface keywords and the interface information: • • summary For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 513
Join Empty Received: 0 Join In Received: 0 Empty Received: 0 LeaveIn Received: 0 Leave Empty Received: 0 Leave All Received: 40 Join Empty Transmitted: 156 Join In Transmitted: 0 Empty Transmitted: 0 Leave In Transmitted: 0 Leave Empty Transmitted: 0 Leave All Transmitted: 41 Invalid Messages/Attributes skipped: 0 Failed Registrations: 0 Dell# Related Commands • show gvrp — display the GVRP configuration.
PAGE 514
19 High Availability (HA) High availability (HA) in the Dell Networking OS is the configuration synchronization to minimize recovery time in the event of a route processor module (RPM) failure. In general, a protocol is defined as “hitless” in the context of an RPM failure/failover and not failures of a line card, SFM, or power module. A protocol is defined as hitless if an RPM failover has no impact on the protocol. You must specifically enable some protocols for HA.
PAGE 515
Related Commands • show patch — display the system patches loaded with the in-service modular hot fix command. redundancy disable-auto-reboot Prevent the system from auto-rebooting the failed module. Syntax redundancy disable-auto-reboot stack-unit [stack—unit ID| members} [rpm| card number | all] To return to the default, use the no redundancy disable-auto-reboot stack-unit rpm command. Parameters rpm Enter the keyword rpm to disable auto-reboot of the failed RPM.
PAGE 516
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 517
redundancy protocol Enable hitless protocols. Syntax redundancy protocol {lacp | xstp} To disable a hitless protocol, use the no redundancy protocol {lacp | xstp} command. Parameters lacp Enter the keyword lacp to make LACP hitless. xstp Enter the keyword xstp to invoke hitless STP (all STP modes — MSTP, PVST+, RSTP, and STP). Default Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 518
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. redundancy synchronize Manually synchronize data once between the Master and Stand-by stack units. Syntax redundancy synchronize [full] Parameters full Enter the keyword full to synchronize all data. Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 519
Related Commands Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • patch flash://RUNTIME_PATCH_DIR — insert an In-Service Modular Hot-Fix patch. show redundancy Display the current redundancy configuration. Syntax show redundancy Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.8(2.
PAGE 520
Field Description • • the status of auto booting the RPM (the redundancy disable-auto-reboot command) the parameter for auto failover limit control (the redundancy auto-failoverlimit command) • RPM Failover Record Displays the following information: • • • Last Data Sync Record RPM failover counter (to reset the counter, use the redundancy resetcounter command) the time and date of the last RPM failover the reason for the last RPM failover Displays the data sync information and the timestamp for the d
PAGE 521
20 ICMP Message Types This section lists and describes the possible ICMP message type resulting from a ping. The first three columns list the possible symbol or type/code. For example, you would receive a ! or 03 as an echo reply from your ping. ICMP Messages and their Definitions. Table 1. ICMP Messages and their Definitions Symbol Type Code . 0 U 3 3 Error echo reply . destination unreachable: 0 network unreachable . 1 host unreachable . 2 protocol unreachable . 3 port unreachable .
PAGE 522
Symbol Type Code Description 1 time-to-live equals 0 during reassembly 12 522 Query Error . parameter problem: 1 IP header bad (catchall error) . 2 required option missing . 13 0 timestamp request . 14 0 timestamp reply . 15 0 information request (obsolete) . 16 0 information reply (obsolete) . 17 0 address mask request . 18 0 address mask reply .
PAGE 523
21 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) The IGMP commands are supported on the Dell Networking OS. Topics: • • IGMP Commands IGMP Snooping Commands IGMP Commands Dell Networking OS supports IGMPv1/v2/v3 and is compliant with RFC-3376. Important Points to Remember • • • • • • • Dell Networking OS supports protocol-independent multicast-sparse (PIM-SM) and protocol-independent source-specific multicast (PIM-SSM) include and exclude modes. IGMPv2 is the default version of IGMP on interfaces.
PAGE 524
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 525
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 526
Usage Information The access list accepted is an extended ACL. To block IGMP reports from hosts, on a per-interface basis based on the group address and source address that you specify in the access list, use this feature. ip igmp immediate-leave Enable IGMP immediate leave. Syntax ip igmp immediate-leave [group-list prefix-list-name] To disable ip igmp immediate leave, use the no ip igmp immediate-leave command.
PAGE 527
Parameters milliseconds Enter the number of milliseconds as the interval. For IGMP version 2, the range is from 100 to 25599. For IGMP version 3, the range is from 100 to 65535. The default value is 1000 milliseconds. Defaults 1000 milliseconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.
PAGE 528
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Maximum range of the Hello interval value is changed to 18000. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 529
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 530
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Mapping applies to both v1 and v2 IGMP joins; any updates to the ACL are reflected in the IGMP groups. You may not use extended access lists with this command.
PAGE 531
show ip igmp groups View the IGMP groups. Syntax Parameters show ip igmp [vrf vrf-name] groups [group-address [detail] | detail | interface [group-address [detail]]] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the group address in dotted decimal format to view information on that group only.
PAGE 532
Example Example (VLT) Field Description Group Address Lists the multicast address for the IGMP group. Interface Lists the interface type, slot and port number. Mode Displays the IGMP version used. Uptime Displays the amount of time the group has been operational. Expires Displays the amount of time until the entry expires. Last Reporter Displays the IP address of the last host to be a member of the IGMP group.
PAGE 533
show ip igmp interface View information on the interfaces participating in IGMP. Syntax Parameters show ip igmp [vrf vrf-name] interface [interface] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view IGMP interfaces associated with that VRF. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface type and the interface information: • • • • • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 534
GigabitEthernet 1/7 is up, line protocol is down Internet protocol processing disabled Vlan 20 Inbound IGMP access group is not set Internet address is 35.0.0.1/24 IGMP is enabled on interface IGMP query interval is 60 seconds IGMP querier timeout is 125 seconds IGMP max query response time is 10 seconds IGMP last member query response interval is 1000 ms IGMP immediate-leave is enabled for all groups IGMP activity: 0 joins IGMP querying router is 35.0.0.
PAGE 535
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 536
Important Points to Remember for IGMP Querier • • • • • The IGMP snooping Querier supports version 2. You must configure an IP address to the VLAN interface for IGMP snooping Querier to begin. The IGMP snooping Querier disables itself when a VLAN IP address is cleared, and then it restarts itself when an IP address is reassigned to the VLAN interface. When enabled, IGMP snooping Querier does not start if there is a statically configured multicast router interface in the VLAN.
PAGE 537
Parameters snooping Enter the keyword snooping to enable debugging of IGMP snooping. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP multicast group address in dotted decimal format. interface interface Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • • • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 538
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To enable IGMP snooping, enter this command. When you enable this command from CONFIGURATION mode, IGMP snooping enables on all VLAN interfaces (except the default VLAN).
PAGE 539
IGMP fast leave processing, the switch removes an interface from the multicast group as soon as it detects an IGMP version 2 leave message on the interface. ip igmp snooping flood This command controls the flooding behavior of unregistered multicast data packets. Syntax ip igmp snooping flood To undo this configuration, use the no ip igmp snooping flood command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 540
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 541
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 542
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information This command enables the IGMP switch to send General Queries periodically. This behavior is useful when there is no multicast router present in the VLAN because the multicast traffic is not routed. Assign an IP address to the VLAN interface for the switch to act as a querier for this VLAN.
PAGE 543
Field Description Group Address Lists the multicast address for the IGMP group. Interface Lists the interface type, slot and port number. Mode Displays the IGMP version used. Uptime Displays the amount of time the group has been operational. Expires Displays the amount of time until the entry expires. Last Reporter Displays the IP address of the last host to be a member of the IGMP group. Member Ports Indicates the port channel.
PAGE 544
Version Description E-Series legacy command. Usage Information If the port channel is a VLT port channel, an asterisk (*) after the port channel number (Po 100*) indicates the port channel is locally down and that a remote VLT port is up. Example Related Commands 544 Dell# show ip igmp snooping mrouter Interface Router Ports Vlan 2 Gi 1/3, Po 1 Dell# • • ip igmp snooping mrouter — configure a static connection to the multicast router. show ip igmp groups — view groups.
PAGE 545
22 Interfaces To configure egress, port channel, time domain, and UDP, use these interface commands. Topics: • • • • • Basic Interface Commands Egress Interface Selection (EIS) Commands Port Channel Commands Time Domain Reflectometer (TDR) Commands UDP Broadcast Commands Basic Interface Commands The following commands are for Physical, Loopback, and Null interfaces.
PAGE 546
vrrp [ipv6 {vr-id} | (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrrp to clear the counters of all VRRP groups. To clear vr-id] the counters of VRRP groups on all IPv6 interfaces, enter ipv6. To clear the counters of a specified group, enter a VRID number from 1 to 255. learning-limit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords learning-limit to clear unknown source address (SA) drop counters when MAC learning limit is configured on the interface. vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword vlan followed by the interface VLAN number.
PAGE 547
Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter any of the following keywords and the interface information to clear counters from a specified interface: • • • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 548
Command Modes Command History INTERFACE Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. Usage Information By default, a combo port is in Hybrid mode. Use the combo-port-type command to provision the combo port as either copper or fiber. Use the no combo-port-type command to change the combo port to Hybrid mode. Example Dell(conf-if-gi-1/23)# combo-port-type copper Dell(conf-if-gi-1/23)# combo-port-type fiber dampening Configure dampening on an interface.
PAGE 549
Usage Information With each flap, Dell Networking OS penalizes the interface by assigning a penalty (1024) that decays exponentially depending on the configured half-life. After the accumulated penalty exceeds the suppress threshold value, the interface moves to the Error-Disabled state. This interface state is deemed as “down” by all static/dynamic Layer 2 and Layer 3 protocols. The penalty is exponentially decayed based on the half-life timer.
PAGE 550
mac learning-limit 10 no-station-move no shutdown Dell(conf-if-gi-1/5)# Dell(conf)# default interface gigabitethernet 1/5 Dell(conf-if-gi-1/5)# show config ! interface GigabitEthernet 1/5 no ip address shutdown Related Commands • show running-config – display the current configuration. description Assign a descriptive text string to the interface. Syntax description desc_text To delete a description, use the no description command. Parameters desc_text Enter a text string up to 240 characters long.
PAGE 551
• • • Entering a text string after the description command overwrites any previous text string that you previously configured as the description. The shutdown and description commands are the only commands that you can configure on an interface that is a member of a port-channel. Use the show interfaces description command to display descriptions configured for each interface. duplex (10/100 Interfaces) Configure duplex mode on the Management Interface interfaces where the speed is set to 10/100.
PAGE 552
To disable EEE, use the no eee command. Defaults None. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. Usage Information EEE is an IEEE 802.3 az standard that reduces power consumptions on Ethernet ports.
PAGE 553
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 6.5.1.9 and 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series with the thresholds option.
PAGE 554
Related Commands • • on on on off off off on on off on off on on on off off on on off on off on LocNegRx off off off off LocNegTx RemNegRx RemNegTx off off off off off off off off off off off off off off off off off off on off off off on off off off off off off on on on off off on on off off on on off on on on off off on on off off on on off off on on off off on on show running-config — display the flow configuration parameters (non-default values only).
PAGE 555
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Added the support for interfaces. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.
PAGE 556
Parameters interface, interface,... Enter the keywords interface group and one of the interfaces — slot/port or VLAN number. Select the range of interfaces for bulk configuration. Spaces are not required between the commas. Comma-separated ranges can include VLANs and physical interfaces. Enter the member VLANs using VLAN IDs (separated by commas), a range of VLAN IDs (separated by a hyphen), a single VLAN ID, or a combination. For example: VLAN IDs (comma-separated): 3, 4, 6.
PAGE 557
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 558
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S55, S60, and S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information You cannot delete a Management port. The Management port is enabled by default (no shutdown).
PAGE 559
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information You cannot delete the Null interface. The only configuration command possible in a Null interface is ip unreachables. Example Related Commands Dell(conf)# interface null 0 Dell(conf-if-nu-0)# • • • • • interface — configure a physical interface. interface loopback — configure a Loopback interface.
PAGE 560
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series. Prior releases supported 2094. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 561
Example (Single Range) This example shows a single range bulk configuration. Dell(config)# interface range gigabitethernet 5/3 - 23 Dell(config-if-range-gi-5/3-5/23)# no shutdown Dell(config-if-range-gi-5/3-5/23)# Example (Multiple Range) This example shows how to use commas to add different interface types to a range of interfaces.
PAGE 562
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series. Prior releases supported 2094. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.
PAGE 563
Example (Single Range) Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced This example shows the macro named test that was defined earlier.
PAGE 564
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information For more information about VLANs and the commands to configure them, see Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands. FTP, TFTP, and SNMP operations are not supported on a VLAN. MAC ACLs and IP ACLs are supported. For more information, see Access Control Lists (ACL).
PAGE 565
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When you configure keepalive, the system sends a self-addressed packet out of the configured interface to verify that the far end of a WAN link is up. When you configure no keepalive, the system does not send keepalive packets and so the local end of a WAN link remains up even if the remote end is down. negotiation auto Enable auto-negotiation on an interface.
PAGE 566
• • • • Force-slave Master Slave Auto-neg Error — typically indicates that both ends of the node are configured with forced-master or forcedslave. CAUTION: Ensure that one end of your node is configured as forced-master and one is configured as forced-slave. If both are configured the same (that is, forced-master or forced-slave), the show interfaces command flaps between an auto-neg-error and forced-master/slave states.
PAGE 567
• • • • • Up at 1000 Mb/s Up at 100 Mb/s Up at 100 Mb/s Down Down * You cannot disable auto-negotiation when the speed is set to 1000 or auto. monitor interface Monitor counters on a single interface or all interfaces. The screen is refreshed every five seconds and the CLI prompt disappears. Syntax monitor interface [interface] To disable monitoring and return to the CLI prompt, press the q key.
PAGE 568
Usage Information In the Example, the delta column displays changes since the last screen refresh. The following are the monitor command menu options. Example (Single Interface) Key Description systest-3 Displays the host name assigned to the system. monitor time Displays the amount of time since the monitor interface command was entered. time Displays the amount of time the chassis is up (since last reboot).
PAGE 569
Gi 1/5 Up 3759 3 161959604 832816 Gi 1/6 Up 4070 3 8680346 5 Gi 1/7 Up 61934 34 138734357 72 Gi 1/8 Up 61427 1 59960 1 Gi 1/9 Up 62039 53 104239232 3 Gi 1/10 Up 17740044091 372 7373849244 79 Gi 1/11 Up 18182889225 44 7184747584 138 Gi 1/12 Up 18182682056 0 3682 1 Gi 1/13 Up 18182681434 43 6592378911 144 Gi 1/14 Up 61349 55 86281941 15 Gi 1/15 Up 59808 58 62060 27 Gi 1/16 Up 59889 1 61616 1 Gi 1/17 Up 0 0 14950126 81293 Gi 1/18 Up 0 0 0 0 Gi 1/19 Down 0 0 0 0 Gi 1/20 Up 62734 54 62766 18 Gi 1/21 Up 60198 9 2
PAGE 570
Version Description pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If the packet includes a Layer 2 header, the difference between the link MTU and IP MTU (ip mtu command) must be enough bytes to include the Layer 2 header. When you enter the no mtu command, Dell Networking OS reduces the IP MTU value to 1536 bytes. Link MTU and IP MTU considerations for port channels and VLANs are as follows. port channels: • • All members must have the same link MTU value and the same IP MTU value.
PAGE 571
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The following describes the interface command shown in the following example.
PAGE 572
rate-interval Configure the traffic sampling interval on the selected interface. Syntax rate-interval seconds Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds for which to collect traffic data. The range is from 5 to 299 seconds. NOTE: Because polling occurs every 15 seconds, the number of seconds designated here rounds to the multiple of 15 seconds lower than the entered value. For example, if 44 seconds is designated, it rounds to 30; 45 to 59 seconds rounds to 45.
PAGE 573
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 574
Example Dell(conf)# interface range gigabitethernet 1/1 - 1/2 Dell(conf-if-range-gi-1/1-2)# show config ! interface GigabitEthernet 1/1 no ip address switchport no shutdown ! interface GigabitEthernet 1/2 no ip address switchport no shutdown Dell(conf-if-range-gi-1/1-1/2)# show interfaces Display information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface.
PAGE 575
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(0.2) Added support for the tunnel interface type. 9.1(0.0) Updated Management Ethernet output to include two global IPv6 addresses on S4810 and Z9000 and added output example showing OpenFlow instance ID. 8.3.12.1 Updated command output to support multiple IPv6 addresses on S4810. 8.3.11.4 Output expanded to support eSR4 optics in Z9000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
PAGE 576
Line Description MTU 1554... Displays link and IP MTU information. LineSpeed Displays the interface’s line speed, duplex mode, and negotiation mode. ARP type:... Displays the ARP type and the ARP timeout value for the interface. Last clearing... Displays the time when the show interfaces counters where cleared. Queuing strategy... States the packet queuing strategy. FIFO means first in first out.
PAGE 577
ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 3d17h53m Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkt
PAGE 578
Link local IPv6 address: fe80::201:e8ff:fe0b:a94c/64 Global IPv6 address: 2222::5/64 Virtual-IP is not set Virtual-IP IPv6 address is not set MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed 10 Mbit, Mode full duplex ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 04:01:08 Queueing strategy: fifo Input 943 packets, 78347 bytes, 190 multicast Received 0 errors, 0 discarded Output 459 packets, 102388 bytes, 15 multicast Output 0 errors, 0 invalid protocol Time since last interface s
PAGE 579
Time since last interface status change: 00:05:12 Related Commands • • • • show interfaces configured – display any interface with a non-default configuration. show inventory (S-Series and Z-Series) – display the S-Series and Z-Series switch types, components (including media), Dell Networking OS version including hardware identification numbers, and configured protocols. show ip interface – display Layer 3 information about the interfaces.
PAGE 580
0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 1 packets, 64 bytes, 0 underruns 1 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 1 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 Vlans, 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
PAGE 581
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 582
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Added support to display the interface configurations corresponding to a range of ports. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.5.4.
PAGE 583
• • • Example Related Commands 1000MB 100MB 10MB Dell# show interfaces gigabitethernet 1/1 phy Mode Control: SpeedSelection: 10b AutoNeg: ON Loopback: False PowerDown: False Isolate: False DuplexMode: Full Mode Status: AutoNegComplete: False RemoteFault: False LinkStatus: False JabberDetect: False AutoNegotation Advertise: 100MegFullDplx: True 100MegHalfDplx: True 10MegFullDplx: False 10MegHalfDplx: True Asym Pause: False Sym Pause: False AutoNegotiation Remote Partner's Ability: 100MegFullDplx: False 10
PAGE 584
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 585
notation for specifying port range in the command is different from how you specify in non-ON platforms. • • stack-unit slotnumber For non-ON platforms, you can specify multiple ports as slot/port-range. For example, if you want to display information corresponding to all ports between 1 and 4, specify the port range as show interfaces interface-type 1/1 - 4. For ON platforms, you can specify multiple ports as slot/port/[subport] slot/port/[subport].
PAGE 586
Gi 1/14 Gi 1/15 Gi 1/16 Related Commands • Down Down Down Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto ---Dell# show interfaces — display information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show interfaces switchport Display only virtual and physical interfaces in Layer 2 mode. This command displays the Layer 2 mode interfaces’ IEEE 802.1Q tag status and VLAN membership.
PAGE 587
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Support added for hybrid port/native VLAN, introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information The following describes the show interfaces switchport command for the following example. Items Description Name Displays the interface’s type, slot/port number. 802.
PAGE 588
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. NOTE: This command also enables you to view information corresponding to a range of ports. However, for Open Networking (ON) platforms the notation for specifying port range in the command is different from how you specify in non-ON platforms. • • For non-ON platforms, you can specify multiple ports as slot/port-range.
PAGE 589
Line Description Bias High Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. TX Power High Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. RX Power High Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Temp Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Voltage Low Alarm Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+.
PAGE 590
Line Description falls below the low alarm/warning thresholds, the Rx power low alarm/warning flag is set to true. Data Ready state Bar This field indicates that the transceiver has achieved power up and data is ready. This is set to true if data is ready to be sent and set to false if data is being transmitted. Rx LOS state This is the digital state of the Rx_LOS output pin. This is set to true if the operating status is down. Tx Fault state This is the digital state of the Tx Fault output pin.
PAGE 591
Example Line Description Rx Power Low Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Rx power value displayed above. Dell# show interfaces GigabitEthernet 1/1 transceiver SFP is present.
PAGE 592
SFP 1 Temperature High Alarm Flag = False SFP 1 Voltage High Alarm Flag = False SFP 1 Tx Bias High Alarm Flag = False SFP 1 Tx Power High Alarm Flag = False SFP 1 Rx Power High Alarm Flag = False SFP 1 Temperature Low Alarm Flag = False SFP 1 Voltage Low Alarm Flag = False SFP 1 Tx Bias Low Alarm Flag = False SFP 1 Tx Power Low Alarm Flag = False SFP 1 Rx Power Low Alarm Flag = True =================================== !-------output truncated ------------------------Related Commands • • • • interface — co
PAGE 593
MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed auto ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 2d17h26m Queueing strategy: fifo Time since last interface status change: 2d17h26m Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns Related Commands • show interfaces — display information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show range Display all interfaces configured using the interface range command.
PAGE 594
show running-config ecmp-group Display interfaces, LAG, or LAG link bundles being monitored for uneven traffic distribution using the ecmp-group monitoring enable command. The ECMP group could have a LAG or a list of 10G/40 interfaces (not just LAG link-bundles). Syntax show running-config ecmp-group Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 595
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information The shutdown command marks a physical interface as unavailable for traffic. To discover if an interface is disabled, use the show ip interface brief command. Disabled interfaces are listed as down. Disabling a VLAN or a port channel causes different behavior. When a VLAN is disabled, the Layer 3 functions within that VLAN are disabled. Layer 2 traffic continues to flow.
PAGE 596
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Supported on LC-EH-GE-50P or the LC-EJ-GE-50P cards. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 597
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 598
private-vlan (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords private-vlan to set the interface mode to private VLAN mode. host (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword host to set the private VLAN interface to host mode. promiscuous (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword promiscuous to set the private VLAN interface to promiscuous mode. trunk (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword trunk to set the private VLAN interface to trunk mode. Defaults Disabled — interface is in Layer 3 mode.
PAGE 599
Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, S6000–ON, S5000, S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, M I/O Aggregator, FN I/O Module, MXL, C9010, S3100 series, and Z9100-ON. Usage Information The wavelength can be configured only on a tunable 10–Gigabit SFP+ optic.
PAGE 600
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. application (for HTTP and ICMP) Configure the management egress interface selection for HTTP and ICMP. NOTE: Only the options that have been newly introduced are described here.
PAGE 601
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. clear management application pkt-fallback-cntr Clear management application packet fallback counters for all management application types. Syntax clear management application pkt—fallback-cntr Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 602
Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T.
PAGE 603
show management application pkt-fallback-cntr Display the number of packets for each application type that have been rerouted to the default routing table due to management port or route lookup failure. Syntax show management application pkt—fallback-cntr Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.8(2.
PAGE 604
• • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE PORTCHANNEL Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.
PAGE 605
group Group two LAGs in a supergroup (“fate-sharing group” or “failover group”). Syntax group group_number port-channel number port-channel number To remove an existing LAG supergroup, use the no group group_number command. Parameters group_number Enter an integer from 1 to 32 that uniquely identifies this LAG fate-sharing group. port-channel Enter the keywords port-channel then an existing LAG number. Enter this keyword/ variable combination twice, identifying the two paired LAGs.
PAGE 606
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series.
PAGE 607
Parameters number Enter the number of links in a LAG that must be in “oper up” status. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 608
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information This feature groups two LAGs to work in tandem as a supergroup.
PAGE 609
shutdown Dell(conf-if-po-1)# show interfaces port-channel Display information on configured Port Channel groups. Syntax Parameters show interfaces port-channel [channel-number] [brief] [description] channel-number For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. NOTE: This command also enables you to view information corresponding to a range of ports. • For port-channel interfaces, you can specify multiple ports as portrange.
PAGE 610
Field Description Port-Channel 1... Displays the LAG’s status. In the Example, the status of the LAG’s LAG fate-sharing group (“Failover-group”) is listed. Hardware is... Displays the interface’s hardware information and its assigned MAC address. Port-channel is part... Indicates whether the LAG is part of a LAG fate-sharing group (“Failover-group”). Internet address... States whether an IP address is assigned to the interface. If an IP address is assigned, that address is displayed. MTU 1554...
PAGE 611
Dell# User Information The following describes the show interfaces port-channel brief command shown in the following example. Field Description LAG Lists the port channel number. Mode Lists the mode: • • Status L3 — for Layer 3 L2 — for Layer 2 Displays the status of the port channel. • • down — if the port channel is disabled (shutdown) up — if the port channel is enabled (no shutdown) Uptime Displays the age of the port channel in hours:minutes:seconds.
PAGE 612
destination-ip address source-port number destination-port number source-mac address destination-mac Enter the keywords destination-ip then the IP destination address in IP address format. Enter the keywords source-port then the source port number. The range is from 1 to 65536. The default is None. Enter the keywords destination-port then the destination port number. The range is from 1 to 65536. The default is None.
PAGE 613
Egress Port for port-channel 1, for the given flow, is Gi 13/2 Time Domain Reflectometer (TDR) Commands TDR is useful for troubleshooting an interface that is not establishing a link; either it is flapping or not coming up at all. TDR detects open or short conditions of copper cables on 100/1000 Base-T modules. Important Points to Remember • • • • The interface and port must be enabled (configured—refer to the interface command) before running TDR.
PAGE 614
show tdr Display the TDR test results. Syntax show tdr interface Parameters interface Enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information for the 100/1000 Ethernet interface. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 615
UDP Broadcast Commands The user datagram protocol (UDP) broadcast feature is a software-based method to forward low throughput (not to exceed 200 pps) IP/UDP broadcast traffic arriving on a physical or VLAN interface. Important Points to Remember • • • • This feature is available only on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, Z9000 platforms. Routing information protocol (RIP) is not supported with the UDP Broadcast feature.
PAGE 616
Command Modes INTERFACE (config-if) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 617
ip helper-address configuration. This occurs regardless if the ip udp-helper udp-port command contains port numbers 67/68 or not. If you only configure the ip udp-helper udp-port command, all the UDP broadcast traffic is flooded, including ports 67/68 traffic if those ports are part of the udp-port-list. Related Commands • • • ip helper-address — configure the destination broadcast or host address for the DHCP server. debug ip udp-helper — enable debug and displays the debug information on a console.
PAGE 618
23 Internet Protocol Security (IPSec) Internet protocol security (IPSec) is an end-to-end security scheme for securing IP communications by authenticating and encrypting all packets in a session. Use IPSec between hosts, gateways, or hosts and gateways. IPSec uses a series of protocol functions to achieve information security: • • • Authentication Headers (AH) — Connectionless integrity and origin authentication for IP packets.
PAGE 619
• • espauthentication Enter the keywords esp-authentication then the transform type of operation to apply to traffic. The transform type represents the encryption or authentication applied to traffic. • • • esp-encryption sha1 — Use Secure Hash Algorithm 1 (SHA-1) authentication. null — Causes an encryption policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface. md5 — Use Message Digest 5 (MD5) authentication. sha1 — Use Secure Hash Algorithm 1 (SHA-1) authentication.
PAGE 620
Parameters name Enter the name for the crypto policy set. seq-num Enter the sequence number assigned to the crypto policy entry. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(0.
PAGE 621
match Apply an match filter to the crypto policy. Syntax match seq-num tcp [sourceip address | ipv6 address {mask} {source-port number}] [destination ip address | ipv6 address {mask} {destination-port number}] To remove the match filter for the crypto map, use the no match seq-num tcp [source ip address | ipv6 address {mask} {source-port number}] [destination ip address | ipv6 address {mask} {destination-port number}] command. Parameters seq-num Enter the match command sequence number.
PAGE 622
To delete the session key information from the crypto policy, use the no session-key {inbound | outbound} {ah | esp} command. Parameters name Enter the name for the transform set. inbound Specify the inbound session key for IPSec. outbound Specify the outbound session key for IPSec. ah Use the AH protocol when you select the AH transform set in the crypto policy. esp Use the ESP protocol when you select the ESP transform set in the crypto policy. spi Enter the security parameter index number.
PAGE 623
Example Dell# show crypto ipsec transform-set Transform-Set Name Transform-Set refCnt AH Transform ESP Auth Transform ESP Encry Transform Dell# : dallas : 0 : : : 3des show crypto ipsec policy Display the crypto policy configuration. Syntax show crypto ipsec policy Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.8(2.
PAGE 624
Dell(conf-crypto-policy)# transform-set Specify the transform set the crypto policy uses. Syntax transform-set transform-set-name To delete a transform set from the crypto policy, use the no transform-set transform-set-name command. Parameters transform-setname Enter the name for the crypto policy transform set. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIG-CRYPTO-POLICY Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 625
24 IPv4 Routing The basic IPv4 commands are supported by Dell Networking OS on the platform.
PAGE 626
• • • • • show ip route show ip route list show ip route summary show ip traffic show tcp statistics arp To associate an IP address with a MAC address in the switch, use address resolution protocol (ARP). Syntax arp [vrf vrf-name] ip-address mac-address interface To remove an ARP address, use the no arp ip-address command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter a VRF name to configure an ARP entry for that VRF. Use the VRF option after the keyword arp to configure a static arp on that particular VRF.
PAGE 627
Version Description pre-6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You cannot use Class D or Class E IP addresses or zero IP address (0.0.0.0) when creating a static ARP. Zero MAC addresses (00:00:00:00:00:00) are also invalid. You can use the vrf attribute of this command to create a static ARP entry on either a default or a non-default VRF. You cannot use this parameter to create any static ARPs corresponding to management VRFs.
PAGE 628
Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.
PAGE 629
Version Description 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. Usage Information Use this command to specify the maximum number of ARP entries that the Route Table Manager can hold for a specific VRF. This command does not apply to the management VRFs. arp retries Set the number of ARP retries in case the system does not receive an ARP reply in response to an ARP request. Syntax Parameters arp retries number number Enter the number of retries. The range is from 1 to 20. The default is 5.
PAGE 630
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 631
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 632
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. clear ip fib stack-unit Clear all FIB entries in the specified stack unit (use this command with caution, refer to Usage Information.) Syntax clear ip fib stack-unit unit-number vrf vrf-name Parameters unit-number Enter the number of the stack unit.
PAGE 633
ip-address mask Enter a specific IP address and mask in dotted decimal format to clear that IP address from the routing table. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.
PAGE 634
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.
PAGE 635
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series(the prior limit was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Added the count option.
PAGE 636
Example Related Commands Dell# debug ip dhcp 00:12:21 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REQUEST (Unicast) received at interface 113.3.3.17 BOOTP Request, hops = 0, XID = 0xbf05140f, secs = 0, hwaddr = 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C, giaddr = 0.0.0.0 00:12:21 : %RELAY-I-BOOTREQUEST: Forwarded BOOTREQUEST for 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C to 14.4.4.2 00:12:26 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REQUEST (Unicast) received at interface 113.3.3.17 BOOTP Request, hops = 0, XID = 0xbf05140f, secs = 5, hwaddr = 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C, giaddr = 0.0.0.
PAGE 637
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 638
• • • For the Management interface on the stack-unit, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.
PAGE 639
Example IP: s=10.1.2.62 (local), d=10.1.2.206 (Ma 1/1), len 54, sending TCP src=23, dst=40869, seq=2112994894, ack=606901739, win=8191 ACK PUSH IP: s=10.1.2.206 (Ma 1/1), d=10.1.2.62, len 40, rcvd TCP src=0, dst=0, seq=0, ack=0, win=0 IP: s=10.1.2.62 (local), d=10.1.2.206 (Ma 1/1), len 226, sending TCP src=23, dst=40869, seq=2112994896, ack=606901739, win=8192 ACK PUSH IP: s=10.1.2.216 (Ma 1/1), d=10.1.2.255, len 78, rcvd UDP src=0, dst=0 IP: s=10.1.2.62 (local), d=10.1.2.
PAGE 640
secondary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword secondary to designate the IP address as the secondary address. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.
PAGE 641
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. ip domain-list Configure names to complete unqualified host names. Syntax ip domain-list name To remove the name, use the no ip domain-list name command.
PAGE 642
To view current bindings, use the show hosts command. To view a DNS-related configuration, use the show running-config resolve command. Related Commands • ip domain-name — specify a DNS server. ip domain-lookup To address resolution (that is, DNS), enable dynamic host-name. Syntax ip domain-lookup To disable DNS lookup, use the no ip domain-lookup command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 643
Parameters name Enter one domain name to be used to complete unqualified names (that is, incomplete domain names that cannot be resolved). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.
PAGE 644
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Added support for IPv6. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.9.1.
PAGE 645
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced for the E-Series. Usage Information This command disables the incrementing of the hops field when boot requests are relayed to a DHCP server through Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 646
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced for the E-Series. ip icmp source-interface Enable the ICMP error and unreachable messages to be sent with the source interface IP address, such as the loopback address, instead of the hops of the preceding devices along the network path to be used for easy debugging and diagnosis of network disconnections and reachability problems with IPv4 packets.
PAGE 647
traceroute and ping applications to examine the network reachablity and identify any broken links for diagnostic purposes. In such cases, if the reply that is obtained from each hop on the network path contains the IP address of the adjacent, neighboring interface from which the packet is received, it is difficult to employ the ping and traceroute utilites.
PAGE 648
of its source IP address to be used in the ICMP unreachable messages and in the traceroute command output. The loopback address must be unique in a particular domain. In network environments that contain a large number of devices, ranging up to thousands of systems, and with each device configured for equal-cost multipath (ECMP) links, you cannot effectively and optimally use the traceroute and ping applications to examine the network reachablity and identify any broken links for diagnostic purposes.
PAGE 649
ip max-routes Enables you to configure the maximum number of protocol routes per VRF that are allowed for IPv4. Syntax Parameters ip max-routes [vrf vrf-name] max-number vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF for which you want to configure maximum number of protocol routes that IPv4 allows. max-number Enter the maximum number of protocol routes that a VRF RTM can hold. The range is from 0 to 7500. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 650
Usage Information When you enter the no mtu command, Dell Networking OS reduces the ip mtu value to 1536 bytes. To return the IP MTU value to the default, use the no ip mtu command. Starting with Dell Networking OS Release 9.2(0.2), the ip mtu command is not supported to configure the IP MTU value that is used when the IP packet is fragmented. Instead of having to configure the IP MTU value, this value is automatically computed by the software when you configure an interface.
PAGE 651
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 652
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • show ip interface — display the interface routing status and configuration. ip route Assign a static route to the switch.
PAGE 653
permanent (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword permanent to specify that the route must not be removed even if the interface assigned to that route goes down. The route must be currently active to be installed in the routing table. If you disable the interface, the route is removed from the routing table. tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag then a number to assign to the route. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF.
PAGE 654
• When recursive resolution is satisfied, Dell Networking OS re-installs the route. You can specify a weight for an IPv4 or IPv6 static route. If the weight value of a path is 0, then that path is not used for forwarding when weighted ECMP is in effect. Also, if a path corresponding to a static route (destination) has a non-zero weight assigned to it and other paths do not have any weight configured, then regular ECMP is used for forwarding.
PAGE 655
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip unreachables Enable the generation of internet control message protocol (ICMP) unreachable messages. Syntax ip unreachables To disable the generation of ICMP messages, use the no ip unreachables command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 656
• • dest-ip — Uses destination IP address and destination port fields to hash. The hashing mechanism returns a 3-bit index indicating which port the packet should be forwarded. source-ip — Uses source IP address and source port fields to hash. The hashing mechanism returns a 3-bit index indicating which port the packet should be forwarded.
PAGE 657
load-balance hg Choose the traffic flow parameters the hash calculation uses while distributing the traffic across internal higig links.
PAGE 658
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Added support for IPv6. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. management route Configure a static route that points to the Management interface or a forwarding router. Syntax management route {ip-address mask | ipv6-address 1.1.1.
PAGE 659
Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000 and added support for IPv6. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When a static route (or a protocol route) overlaps with Management static route, the static route (or a protocol route) is preferred over the Management Static route.
PAGE 660
dynamic (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dynamic to view dynamic entries. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view a summary of ARP entries. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 661
Description CPU Example Lists which CPU the entries are stored on. Dell> show arp Protocol Address Age(min) Hardware Address Interface VLAN CPU ------------------------------------------------------------Internet 192.2.1.254 1 00:00:c0:02:01:02 Gi 2/13 CP Internet 192.2.1.253 1 00:00:c0:02:01:02 Gi 2/13 CP Internet 192.2.1.252 1 00:00:c0:02:01:02 Gi 2/13 CP Internet 192.2.1.251 1 00:00:c0:02:01:02 Gi 2/13 CP Internet 192.2.1.250 1 00:00:c0:02:01:02 Gi 2/13 CP Internet 192.2.1.
PAGE 662
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 663
Version Description pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show hosts command in the following example. Field Description Default domain... Displays the domain name (if configured). Name/address lookup... States if DNS is enabled on the system. Name servers are... Lists the name servers, if configured. Host Displays the host name assigned to the IP address.
PAGE 664
vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display CAM entries corresponding to that VRF. network mask [longer-prefixes [ecmp-group detail]] (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address and mask of a route to CAM entries for that route only. You can enter one of the following keywords to filter results. ecmp-group {detail | memberinfo [detail [group-index index-number]]} (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ecmp-group then one of the following keywords to filter results.
PAGE 665
Field Description • • • Example CP = control processor Gi = Gigabit Ethernet interface Te = 10–Gigabit Ethernet interface Dell# show ip cam stack-unit 3 po 0 1.1.1.0/24 longer-prefixes Destination EC C VId Mac-Addr Port --------------------------------------------------------------1.1.1.2/32 0 0 3000 00:05:00:00:00:02 Gi 3/44 1.1.1.1/32 0 1 0 00:00:00:00:00:00 CP 1.1.1.
PAGE 666
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 667
Related Commands • • clear ip fib stack-unit — clear FIB entries on a specified stack-unit. ip ecmp weighted— enable weighted ECMP calculations. show ip flow Show how a Layer 3 packet is forwarded when it arrives at a particular interface. Syntax Parameters show ip flow interface interface {source-ip address destination-ip address} {protocol number [tcp | udp]} {src-port number destination-port number} interface interface Enter the keyword interface then one of the following interface keywords.
PAGE 668
Usage Information This command provides egress port information for a given IP flow. This information is useful in identifying which interface the packet follows in the case of Port-channel and Equal Cost Multi Paths. Use this command for routed packed only. For switched packets, use the show port-channel-flow command. The show ip flow command does not compute the egress port information when load-balance mac hashing is also configured due to insufficient information (the egress MAC is not available).
PAGE 669
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.2 Supported on the E-Series E600i. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 670
Fields Description Method Displays “Manual” if the configuration is read from the saved configuration. Status States whether the interface is enabled (up) or disabled (administratively down). Protocol States whether IP is enabled (up) or disabled (down) on the interface.
PAGE 671
Example Dell# show ip management-route Destination ----------10.1.2.0/24 172.16.1.0/24 Dell# Gateway ------ManagementEthernet 1/1 10.1.2.4 State ----Connected Active show ipv6 management-route Display the IPv6 static routes configured for the management interface. Syntax Parameters show ipv6 management-route [all | connected | summary | static] all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all IP addresses assigned to all Management interfaces on the switch.
PAGE 672
show ip protocols View information on all routing protocols enabled and active on the switch. Syntax show ip protocols Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example 672 IPv4 Routing EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 673
show ip route View information, including how they were learned, about the IP routes on the switch. Syntax Parameters show ip route [vrf vrf-name] hostname | ip-address [mask] [longer-prefixes] | list prefix-list | protocol [process-id | routing-tag] | all | connected | static | summary] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the VRF name to list the routes in the route table of a specific VRF.
PAGE 674
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip route all command in the following example.
PAGE 675
E2- OSPF external type 2, i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1 L2- IS-IS level-2, IA - IS-IS inter area, * - candidate default >- non-active route + - summary route Gateway of last resort is not set Destination Gateway Dist/Metric Last Change ----------- ------- ----------- ----------R 3.0.0.0/8 via 100.10.10.10, Gi 2/8 120/1 00:07:12 via 101.10.10.10, Gi 2/9 100.10.10.0/24 Direct, Gi 2/8 0/0 00:08:54 > R 100.10.10.0/24 Direct, Gi 2/8 120/0 00:08:54 C 101.10.10.0/24 Direct, Gi 2/9 0/0 00:09:15 > R 101.10.10.
PAGE 676
Routing Descriptor Blocks: * 4.4.4.2, via GigabitEthernet 1/4 weight 100 * 6.6.6.2, via GigabitEthernet 1/16 weight 200 Dell(conf)# Example (With Weighted ECMP Disabled) Dell(conf)# ip route 1.1.1.0/24 6.6.6.2 weight 100 Dell(conf)# ip route 1.1.1.0/24 6.6.6.
PAGE 677
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 678
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip route summary shown in the following example. Column Heading Description Route Source Identifies how the route is configured in Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 679
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 680
Keyword Definition ...no port broadcasts The incoming broadcast/multicast packet did not have any listener. ...socket full The applications buffer is full and the incoming packet are dropped. The Dell Monitoring MIB provides access to the following statistics. • • • • • • • • • Example IP Statistics: Bcast: Received: Object = f10BcastPktRecv, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.1.1 IP Statistics: Bcast: Sent: Object = f10BcastPktSent, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.1.
PAGE 681
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 682
Example Field Description 355 ack.. Displays the number of acknowledgement packets sent and the number of packet delayed. 0 window probe... Displays the number of window probe and update packets sent. 7 Connections initiated... Displays the number of TCP connections initiated, accepted, and established. 14 Connections closed... Displays the number of TCP connections closed, dropped. 20 Total rxmt...
PAGE 683
25 IPv6 Access Control Lists (IPv6 ACLs) IPv6 ACLs and IPv6 Route Map commands are supported on Dell Networking OS. NOTE: For IPv4 ACL commands, see Access Control Lists (ACL). Important Points to Remember • • • • • • • • • Certain platforms require manual CAM usage space allotment. For more information, see cam-acl. Egress IPv6 ACL and IPv6 ACL on the Loopback interface is not supported. Reference to an empty ACL permits any traffic.
PAGE 684
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 685
Example show cam-acl (non default) Dell(conf)# cam-acl l2acl 2 ipv4acl 4 ipv6acl 4 ipv4qos 2 l2qos 1 l2pt 0 ipmacacl 0 vman-qos 0 ecfmacl 0 Dell#show cam-acl -- Chassis Cam ACL -Current Settings(in block sizes) 1 block = 128 entries L2Acl : 2 Ipv4Acl : 4 Ipv6Acl : 4 Ipv4Qos : 2 L2Qos : 1 L2PT : 0 IpMacAcl : 0 VmanQos : 0 VmanDualQos : 0 EcfmAcl : 0 FcoeAcl : 0 iscsiOptAcl : 0 ipv4pbr : 0 vrfv4Acl : 0 Openflow : 0 fedgovacl : F3940 -- stack-unit 1 -Current Settings(in block sizes) 1 block = 128 entries L2Ac
PAGE 686
permit icmp To allow all or specific internet control message protocol (ICMP) messages, configure a filter. Syntax permit icmp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} [message-type] [count [byte]] | [log] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 687
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 688
Parameters access-list-name Enter the access list name as a string, up to 140 characters. cpu-qos Enter the keyword cpu-qos to assign this ACL to control plane traffic only (CoPP). permit Enter the keyword permit to configure a filter to forward packets meeting this condition. deny Enter the keyword deny to configure a filter to drop packets meeting this condition.
PAGE 689
l2acl 1-4 ipv4acl 1- Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs. Enter all of the profiles and a range. Enter the CAM 4 ipv6acl 0-4 profile name then the amount to be allotted. The total space allocated must equal 4. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.
PAGE 690
• • • • L2 ACL(l2acl): 5 IPv6 L3 ACL (ipv6acl): 0 L3 QoS (ipv4qos): 1 L2 QoS (l2qos): 1 l2acl 1-10 ipv4acl Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs. Enter all of the profiles and a range. Enter the CAM 1-10 ipv6acl 0-10 profile name then the amount to be allotted. The total space allocated must equal 13. The ipv4qos 1-10 l2qos ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2. 1-10 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 691
26 IPv6 Basics IPv6 basic commands are supported on the Dell Networking OS. NOTE: For information about the Dell Networking OS version and platform that supports IPv6 in each software feature, see the IPv6 Addressing section in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 692
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. clear ipv6 route Clear (refresh) all or a specific route from the IPv6 routing table.
PAGE 693
clear ipv6 mld_host Clear the IPv6 MLD host counters and reset the elapsed time. Syntax clear ipv6 mld_host Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 694
Usage Information If the maximum IPv6 route limit is not specified for a VRF (valid range is from 1 to 8000), then it has unlimited space that extends to the maximum number of entries allowed for the system. This command is not applicable to the default and management VRFs. ipv6 address autoconfig Configure IPv6 address auto-configuration for the management interface.
PAGE 695
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Updated Usage Information. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.
PAGE 696
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.
PAGE 697
ipv6 flowlabel-zero Configure system to set the flow label field in the packets to zero. Syntax ipv6 flowlabel-zero To disable the 0 from being set in the field and allow the protocol operations to fill the field, use the no ipv6 flowlabel-zero command. Default Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.
PAGE 698
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ipv6 name-server Enter up to six IPv6 addresses of name servers. The order you enter the addresses determines the order of their use. Syntax ipv6 name-server ipv6-address [ipv6-address2... ipv6-address6] To remove a name server, use the no ipv6 name—server ipv6–address command.
PAGE 699
Default 3 attempts Command Modes INTERFACE (management interface only) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 700
ipv6 nd prefix Specify which IPv6 prefixes are included in Neighbor Advertisements. Syntax ipv6 nd prefix {ipv6-prefix | prefix-length | default} [no-advertise] | [noautoconfig] [no-rtr-address] [off-link] [lifetime {valid | infinite} {preferred | infinite}] Parameters ipv6-prefix Enter an IPv6 prefix. prefix-length Enter the prefix then the prefix length. The length range is from 0 to 128. default Enter the keyword default to set default parameters for all prefixes.
PAGE 701
ipv6 route Establish a static IPv6 route. Syntax ipv6 route [vrf vrf-name] ipv6-address prefix-length {ipv6-address | interface | interface ipv6-address} [distance] [tag value] [permanent] [weight weightvalue] To remove the IPv6 route, use the no ipv6 route command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to install IPv6 routes in that VRF.
PAGE 702
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Also included the weight parameter to support weighted ECMP feature. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.
PAGE 703
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.2.1.
PAGE 704
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.
PAGE 705
show ipv6 fib stack-unit View all FIB entries. Syntax Parameters show ipv6 fib [vrf vrf-name] stack-unit unit-number [summary | ipv6-address] vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display neighbors corresponding to that VRF. slot-number Enter the number of the stack unit. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view a summary of entries in IPv6 cam.
PAGE 706
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. • ipv6 nd dad attempts — configure system to set the flow label field in the packets to zero. show ipv6 interface Display the status of interfaces configured for IPv6.
PAGE 707
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.1) Added support for IPv6 recursive DNS addresses on the Z9500. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Added support for tunnel interface. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 708
ff02::1:ffa7:497e ND MTU is 0 ICMP redirects are not sent DAD is enabled, number of DAD attempts: 3 ND reachable time is 20410 milliseconds ND base reachable time is 30000 milliseconds ND retransmit interval is 1000 milliseconds ND hop limit is 64 Dell# Example (Brief) Example (tunnel) Dell# show ipv6 interface brief GigabitEthernet 1/2 [administratively down/down] fe80::201:e8ff:fea7:497e 2002:1:2::3/96 GigabitEthernet 1/12 [up/up] fe80::201:e8ff:fea7:497e 100::2/64 ManagementEthernet 1/1 [up/up] fe80::2
PAGE 709
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information The following describes the show ipv6 mld-host command shown in the following example. Field Description Valid MLD Packets The total number of packets received and sent from the last time the elapsed time was cleared.
PAGE 710
isis (OPTIONAL) View information for all IPv6 IS-IS routes. list (OPTIONAL) View the IPv6 prefix list. ospf (OPTIONAL) View information for all IPv6 OSPF routes. rip (OPTIONAL for E-Series only) View information for all IPv6 RIP routes. static (OPTIONAL) View only routes configured by the ipv6 route command. summary (OPTIONAL) View a brief list of the configured IPv6 routes. Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 711
Field Description • • • • Example (SSeries) IA = IS-IS inter-area * = candidate default > = non-active route + = summary routes Destination Identifies the route’s destination IPv6 address. Gateway Identifies whether the route is directly connected and on which interface the route is configured. Dist/Metric Identifies if the route has a specified distance or metric. Last Change Identifies when the route was last changed or configured.
PAGE 712
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When you configure trust IPv6 diffserv, matched bytes/packets counters are not incremented in the show qos statistics command.
PAGE 713
27 iSCSI Optimization Internet small computer system interface (iSCSI) optimization enables quality-of-service (QoS) treatment for iSCSI storage traffic on an S3100 series system. To configure and verify the iSCSI optimization feature, use the following Dell Networking OS commands.
PAGE 714
Parameters enable Enter the keyword enable to allow the application of preferential QoS treatment to iSCSI traffic so that the iSCSI packets are scheduled in the switch with a dot1p priority 4 regardless of the VLAN priority tag in the packet. The default is: the iSCSI packets are handled with dotp1 priority 4 without remark. disable Enter the keyword disable to disable the application of preferential QoS treatment to iSCSI frames.
PAGE 715
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. iscsi priority-bits Configure the priority bitmap that advertises in the iSCSI application TLVs. Syntax iscsi priority-bits To remove the configured priority bitmap, use the no iscsi priority-bits command. Defaults 4 (0x10 in the bitmap) Command Modes PROTOCOL LLDP (only on the global, not on the interface) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 716
To remove the configured iSCSI target ports or IP addresses, use the no iscsi target port command. Parameters tcpport-2...tcpport16 Enter the tcp-port number of the iSCSI target ports. The tcp-port-n is the TCP port number or a list of TCP port numbers on which the iSCSI target listens to requests. Separate port numbers with a comma. The default is 860, 3260. ip-address (Optional) Enter the ip-address that the iSCSI monitors. The ip-address specifies the IP address of the iSCSI target.
PAGE 717
-----------------------------------------------TCP Port Target IP Address 3260 860 Related Commands • • • show iscsi session — display information about active iSCSI sessions on the switch. show iscsi session detailed — display detailed information about active iSCSI sessions on the switch. show run iscsi — show run iscsi. show iscsi session Display information about active iSCSI sessions on the switch. Syntax show iscsi session Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 718
Parameters isid Enter the session’s iSCSi ID to display detailed information about the specified iSCSi session. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 719
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. • • • show iscsi — display the currently configured iSCSI settings. show iscsi session — display detailed information about active iSCSI sessions on the switch. show iscsi session detailed — display detailed information on active iSCSI sessions on the switch.
PAGE 720
28 Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) IS-IS is an interior gateway protocol that uses shortest-path-first algorithm. IS-IS facilitates the communication between open systems, supporting routers passing through both IP and OSI traffic. A router is considered as an intermediate system. Networks are partitioned into manageable routing domains called areas. Intermediate systems send, receive, and forward packets to other routers within their area (Level 1 and Level 1-2 devices).
PAGE 721
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • isis ipv6 metric isis metric isis network point-to-point isis password isis priority is-type log-adjacency-changes lsp-gen-interval lsp-mtu lsp-refresh-interval max-area-addresses max-lsp-lifetime maximum-paths metric-style multi-topology net passive-interface redistribute redistribute bgp redistribute ospf router isis set-overload-bit show config show isis database show isis graceful-restart detail show isis hostname show isis interface show is
PAGE 722
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To perform protocol-support consistency checks on hello packets, use this command. The adjacency-check is enabled by default. If a BFD session goes down indicating that IPv4 or IPv6 connectivity to its neighbor is lost, it does not imply that the adjacency is lost altogether.
PAGE 723
Version Description 6.3.1.0 Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced Usage Information You cannot disable leaking from Level 1 to Level 2. Also, you cannot enable leaking from Level 2 to Level 1. However, you can regulate the rate flow from one level to another using an IP Prefix list. If you do not configure the IP Prefix list, all Level 1 routes are leaked. You can find more information in IETF RFC 2966, Domain-wide Prefix Distribution with Two-Level IS-IS.
PAGE 724
Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.
PAGE 725
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. clns host Define a name-to-network service mapping point (NSAP) that you use with commands that require NSAPs and system IDs. Syntax Parameters clns host name nsap name Enter an alphanumeric string to identify the name-to-NSAP mapping. nsap Enter a specific NSAP address that is associated with the name parameter. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 726
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information Entering debug isis enables all debugging parameters. To display all debugging information in one output, use this command. To turn off debugging, you normally enter separate no forms of each command.
PAGE 727
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. debug isis local-updates To debug IS-IS local update packets, enable debugging on a specific interface and provides diagnostic information. Syntax debug isis [vrf vrf-name] local-updates [interface] To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis [vrf vrf—name] updates [interface] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable the debugging information on IS-IS corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 728
To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis [vrf vrf-name] snp-packets [interface] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable debugging information on ISIS for CSNP/PSNP packets tied to that VRF. The command displays the SNP (CSNP/PSNP) related debugging information.
PAGE 729
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. debug isis update-packets Enable debugging on link state PDUs (LSPs) that a router detects.
PAGE 730
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. default-information originate Generates a default route into an IS-IS routing domain and controls the distribution of default information. Syntax default-information originate [always] [metric metric] [route-map map-name] To disable the generation of a default route into the specified IS-IS routing domain, use the no defaultinformation originate [always] [metric metric] [route-map map-name] command.
PAGE 731
description Enter a description of the IS-IS routing protocol. Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the IS-IS protocol (80 characters maximum). Defaults None Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 732
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 6.3.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 733
Related Commands Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 ISIS support. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. • • distribute-list out — suppress networks from being advertised in updates. redistribute — redistribute routes from one routing domain to another routing domain. distribute-list out Suppress network prefixes from being advertised in outbound updates.
PAGE 734
Usage Information You can assign a name to a routing process so a prefix list IS applied to only the routes derived from the specified routing process. Related Commands • • distribute-list in — filter the networks received in updates. redistribute — redistribute routes from one routing domain to another routing domain. distribute-list redistributed-override Suppress flapping of routes when the same route is redistributed into IS-IS from multiple routers in the network.
PAGE 735
Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 736
Version Description 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Every graceful restart enabled router’s HELLO PDUs includes a restart TLV. This restart enables (re)starting as well as the existing ISIS peers to detect the GR capability of the routers on the connected network. A flag in the Restart TLV contains restart request (RR), restart acknowledge (RA) and suppress adjacency advertisement (SA) bit flags.
PAGE 737
Parameters seconds Enter the graceful restart time in seconds. The range is from 5 to 300 seconds. The default is 30 seconds. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 738
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart t2 Configure the wait time for the graceful restart timer T2 that a restarting router uses as the wait time for each database to synchronize.
PAGE 739
manual Enter the keyword manual to specify a time value that the restarting router uses. The range is from 50 to 120 seconds. The default is 30 seconds. Defaults manual, 30 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 740
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information IS-IS hellos are padded to the full maximum transmission unit (MTU) size.
PAGE 741
ignore-lsp-errors Ignore LSPs with bad checksums instead of purging those LSPs. Syntax ignore-lsp-errors To return to the default values, use the no ignore-lsp-errors command. Defaults In IS-IS, the default deletes LSPs with internal checksum errors (no ignore-lsp-errors). Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.
PAGE 742
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information To assign a network entity title to enable IS-IS, use the net command. This command accepts even if an IP address is not configured. This command is cached in the L3 Manager till the IP address is configured.
PAGE 743
You can configure only one IS-IS routing process to perform Level 2 routing. A level-1-2 designation performs Level 1 and Level 2 routing at the same time. Related Commands • • net — configure an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for the routing process. is-type — assign a type for a given area. isis circuit-type Configure the adjacency type on interfaces. Syntax isis circuit-type {level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2-only} To return to the default values, use the no isis circuit-type command.
PAGE 744
Parameters seconds Interval of transmission time between CSNPs on multi-access networks for the designated intermediate system. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 10. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Independently configures the interval of time between transmission of CSNPs for Level 1. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Independently configures the interval of time between transmission of CSNPs for Level 2.
PAGE 745
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information Hello packets are held for a length of three times the value of the hello interval.
PAGE 746
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information The holdtime (the product of the hello-multiplier multiplied by the hello-interval) determines how long a neighbor waits for a hello packet before declaring the neighbor is down so routes can be recalculated. Related Commands • isis hello-interval — specify the length of time between hello packets. isis hello padding Turn ON or OFF padding of hello PDUs from INTERFACE mode.
PAGE 747
level-2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-2 to configure the SPF calculation for Level 2 (inter-area) routing. Defaults default-metric = 10; level-1 (if not otherwise specified) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 748
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information Dell Networking recommends configuring metrics on all interfaces.
PAGE 749
Parameters encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the password using DES. hmac-md5 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords hmac-md5 to encrypt the password using MD5. password Assign the interface authentication password. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Independently configures the authentication password for Level 1. The router acts as a station router for Level 1 routing. This setting is the default. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Independently configures the authentication password for Level 2.
PAGE 750
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information You can configure priorities independently for Level 1 and Level 2.
PAGE 751
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information The IS-IS protocol automatically determines area boundaries and are able to keep Level 1 and Level 2 routing separate. Poorly planned use of this feature may cause configuration errors, such as accidental area partitioning. If you are configuring only one area in your network, you do not need to run both Level 1 and Level 2 routing algorithms. You can configure the IS type as Level 1.
PAGE 752
initial_wait_interv (OPTIONAL) Enter the initial wait time, in seconds, before running the first LSP al seconds generation. The range is from 0 to 120 seconds. The default is 1 second. second_wait_inter (OPTIONAL) Enter the wait interval, in seconds, between the first and second LSP val seconds generation. The range is from 0 to 120 seconds. The default is 5 seconds. Defaults See Parameters. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 753
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Added support for LSP Throttling Enhancement.
PAGE 754
Usage Information The refresh interval determines the rate at which route topology information is transmitted preventing the information from becoming obsolete. The refresh interval must be less than the LSP lifetime specified with the max-lsp-lifetime command. A low value reduces the amount of time that undetected link state database corruption can persist at the cost of increased link utilization. A higher value reduces the link utilization the flooding of refreshed packets causes.
PAGE 755
Defaults 1200 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 756
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Added support for multi-topology ISIS. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. metric-style To generate and accept old-style, new-style, or both styles of type, length, and values (TLV), configure a router.
PAGE 757
When wide transition is configured, narrow metric is sent for the narrow metric TLV and the actual wide metric is sent in wide metric TLV. The receiver can choose to use the metric that is requires. Related Commands • isis metric — configure a metric for an interface. multi-topology Enables multi-topology IS-IS. It also allows enabling/disabling of old and new style TLVs for IP prefix information in the LSPs.
PAGE 758
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. passive-interface Suppress routing updates on an interface.
PAGE 759
Usage Information Although the passive interface does not send nor receive routing updates, the network on that interface is still included in the IS-IS updates sent using other interfaces. redistribute Redistribute routes from one routing domain to another routing domain.
PAGE 760
Version Description 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information To redistribute a default route (0.0.0.0/0), configure the default-information originate command. Changing or disabling a keyword in this command does not affect the state of the other command keywords. When an LSP with an internal metric is received, the Dell Networking OS considers the route cost while considering the advertised cost to reach the destination.
PAGE 761
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Added support for IPv6 ISIS. 6.3.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 762
match {external | internal} (OPTIONAL) The command used for OSPF to route and redistribute into other routing domains. The values are • • route-map map- name internal external map-name is an identifier for a configured route map. The route map should filter imported routes from the source routing protocol to the current routing protocol. If you do not specify a map-name, all routes are redistributed. If you specify a keyword, but fail to list route map tags, no routes are imported.
PAGE 763
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 764
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Added support for multi-topology ISIS. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Set the overload bit when a router experiences problems, such as a memory shortage due to an incomplete link state database which can result in an incomplete or inaccurate routing table.
PAGE 765
Example (AddressFamily_IPv6) The bold section identifies that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled in Transition mode. Dell(conf-router_isis-af_ipv6)# show conf ! address-family ipv6 unicast maximum-paths 16 multi-topology transition set-overload-bit spf-interval level-1 100 15 20 spf-interval level-2 120 20 25 exit-address-family show isis database Display the IS-IS link state database.
PAGE 766
Field Description IS-IS Level-1/ Displays the IS-IS link state database for Level 1 or Level 2. Level-2 Link State Database LSPID Displays the LSP identifier. The first six octets are the System ID of the originating router. The first six octets are the System ID of the originating router. The next octet is the pseudonode ID. If this byte is not zero, the LSP describes system links. If this byte is zero (0), the LSP describes the state of the originating router.
PAGE 767
Metric: 10 IPv6 (MT-IPv6) 1011::/64 Metric: 10 IPv6 1511::/64 Metric: 10 IP 10.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 Hostname: ISIS IS-IS Level-2 Link State Database LSPID LSP Seq Num LSP Checksum LSP Holdtime ATT/P/OL ISIS.00-00 * 0x0000002D 0xB2CD 1075 0/0/0 Area Address: 49.0000.0001 NLPID: 0xCC 0x8E IP Address: 10.1.1.1 IPv6 Address: 1011::1 Topology: IPv4 (0x00) IPv6 (0x8002) Metric: 10 IS OSPF.00 Metric: 10 IS (MT-IPv6) OSPF.00 Metric: 10 IP 10.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 Metric: 10 IP 15.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 Metric: 20 IP 10.
PAGE 768
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 769
Example Dell# show isis hostname System Id Dynamic Name Static Name *F100.E120.0013 Force10 ISIS Dell# show isis interface Display detailed IS-IS interface status and configuration information. Syntax Parameters show isis [vrf vrf-name] interface [interface] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display IS-IS interface status information corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 770
Number of active level-2 adjacencies: 1 Next IS-IS LAN Level-1 Hello in 2 seconds Next IS-IS LAN Level-2 Hello in 1 seconds LSP Interval: 33 GigabitEthernet 1/8 is up, line protocol is up MTU 1497, Encapsulation SAP Routing Protocol: IS-IS Circuit Type: Level-1-2 Interface Index 38371358, Local circuit ID 2 Level-1 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.
PAGE 771
Usage Information Use this command to confirm that the neighbor adjacencies are operating correctly. If you suspect that they are not, you can verify the specified area addresses of the routers by using the show isis neighbors command. The following describes the show isis neighbors command shown in the following example. Example Field Description System Id The value that identifies a system in an area. Interface The interface, slot, and port in which the router was discovered.
PAGE 772
Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. The bold section identifies that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled. Dell# show isis protocol IS-IS Router: System Id: F100.E120.0013 IS-Type: level-1-2 Manual area address(es): 49.0000.0001 Routing for area address(es): 49.0000.
PAGE 773
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information The following describes the show isis traffic command shown in the following example.
PAGE 774
IS-IS: Level-2 SPF Calculations : 389 IS-IS: LSP checksum errors received : 0 IS-IS: LSP authentication failures : 0 Dell# spf-interval Specify the minimum interval between shortest path first (SPF) calculations. Syntax spf-interval [level-l | level-2] interval seconds [initial_wait_interval seconds [second_wait_interval seconds]] To restore default values, use the no spf-interval [level-l | level-2] interval seconds [initial_wait_interval seconds [second_wait_interval seconds]] command.
PAGE 775
SPF throttling slows down the frequency at which route calculations are performed during network instability. Even though throttling route calculations slows down network convergence, not throttling can result in a network not functioning as expected. If network topology is unstable, throttling slows down the scheduling of route calculations until the topology regains its stability.
PAGE 776
29 Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) This section contains commands for Dell Networks’ implementation of the link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for creating dynamic link aggregation groups (LAGs) — known as “port-channels” in the Dell Networking OS. NOTE: For static LAG commands based on the standards specified in the IEEE 802.3 Carrier sense multiple access with collision detection (CSMA/CD) access method and physical layer specifications, see Port Channel Commands .
PAGE 777
Related Commands Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • show lacp — display the LACP configuration. debug lacp Debug LACP (configuration, events, and so on). Syntax debug lacp [config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]] To disable LACP debugging, use the no [config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]] command. Parameters config (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword config to debug the LACP configuration.
PAGE 778
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. lacp long-timeout Configure a long timeout period (30 seconds) for an LACP session. Syntax lacp long-timeout To reset the timeout period to a short timeout (1 second), use the no lacp long-timeout command. Defaults 1 second Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-po-number) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 779
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 780
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. port-channel-protocol lacp Enable LACP on any LAN port. Syntax port-channel-protocol lacp To disable LACP on a LAN port, use the no port-channel-protocol lacp command. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
PAGE 781
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.
PAGE 782
30 Layer 2 MAC Addressing Commands The following commands are related to configuring, managing, and viewing MAC addresses. clear mac-address-table Clear the MAC address table of all MAC address learned dynamically. Syntax clear mac-address-table {dynamic | sticky }{address mac-address | all | interface interface | vlan vlan-id} Parameters dynamic Enter the keyword dynamic to specify dynamically-learned MAC addresses. sticky Enter the keyword sticky to specify sticky MAC addresses.
PAGE 783
mac-address-table aging-time Specify an aging time for MAC addresses to remove from the MAC address table. Syntax Parameters mac-address-table aging-time seconds seconds Enter either zero (0) or a number as the number of seconds before MAC addresses are relearned. To disable aging of the MAC address table, enter 0. The range is from 10 to 1000000. The default is 1800 seconds. Defaults 1800 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 784
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON, S3100 series, S4048–ON, S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9100–ON, and Z9500. Usage Information If you use the mac-address-table disable-learning command without specifying any option, the system does not learn source MAC addresses from LACP or LLDP BPDUs. mac-address-table static Associate specific MAC or hardware addresses to an interface and VLANs.
PAGE 785
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 786
mac learning-limit Limit the maximum number of MAC addresses (static + dynamic) learned on a selected interface. Syntax mac learning-limit address_limit [vlan vlan-id] [station-move-violation [dynamic]] [dynamic [no-station-move| station-move]] Parameters Defaults address_limit Enter the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be learned on the interface. The range is from 1 to 1000000. vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 787
After the MAC address learning limit is reached, the MAC addresses do not age out unless you add the dynamic option. To clear statistics on MAC address learning, use the clear counters command with the learning-limit parameter. NOTE: If you configure this command on an interface in a routed VLAN, and after the MAC addresses learned reaches the limit set in the mac learning-limit command, IP protocols are affected. For example, VRRP sets multiple VRRP Masters and OSPF may not come up.
PAGE 788
mac learning-limit mac-address-sticky Maintain the dynamically learned mac addresses as sticky MAC addresses on the selected port. Syntax mac learning-limit mac-address-sticky To convert the sticky MAC addresses to dynamic MAC addresses, use the no mac learning-limit command. Parameters mac-addresssticky Configures the dynamic MAC addresses as sticky on an interface. Defaults None Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 789
Defaults None Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 790
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show cam mac stack-unit Display the content addressable memory (CAM) size and the portions allocated for MAC addresses and for MAC ACLs.
PAGE 791
show mac-address-table Display the MAC address table. Syntax Parameters show mac-address-table [address mac-address | interface interface | vlan vlanid] [aging-time] [dynamic | static] [count [vlan vlan-id] [interface interfacetype [slot [/port]]]] address macaddress (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword address then a MAC address in the nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format to display information on that MAC address.
PAGE 792
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show mac-address-table command shown in the following example. Column Heading Description VlanId Displays the VLAN ID number. Mac Address Displays the MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format.
PAGE 793
show mac-address-table aging-time Display the aging times assigned to the MAC addresses on the switch. Syntax Parameters show mac-address-table aging-time [vlan vlan-id] vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID to display the MAC address assigned to the VLAN. The range is from 1 to 4094. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 794
• vlan vlan-id For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID to display the MAC address assigned to the VLAN. The range is from 1 to 4094. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.8(2.
PAGE 795
• • • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 796
default vlan-id Specify a VLAN as the Default VLAN. Syntax default vlan-id vlan-id To remove the default VLAN status from a VLAN and VLAN 1 does not exist, use the no default vlan-id vlan-id syntax. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID number of the VLAN to become the new Default VLAN. The range is from 1 to 4094. The default is 1. Defaults Default VLAN is VLAN 1. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 797
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.
PAGE 798
Related Commands • • interface vlan — configure a VLAN. show vlan — display the current VLAN configurations on the switch. show config Display the current configuration of the selected VLAN. Syntax show config Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
PAGE 799
name vlan-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword name then the name configured for the VLAN. Only information on the VLAN named is displayed. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 800
Column Heading Description • • • Ports Displays the type, slot, and port information.
PAGE 801
41 Active T Gi 1/47 Dell# show vlan id 42 Codes: Q: U x G - * - Default VLAN, G - GVRP VLANs Untagged, T - Tagged Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagged GVRP tagged, M - Vlan-stack NUM 42 Dell# Example (Brief) Status Description Q Ports Active U Gi 1/47 Dell# show vlan br VLAN Name STG MAC Aging IP Address ---- -----------------------------------1 0 1800 unassigned 2 0 1800 2.2.2.2/24 3 0 1800 3.3.3.
PAGE 802
Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 803
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.
PAGE 804
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.
PAGE 805
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 806
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information When you enter no fefd for an interface and fefd-global, FEFD is enabled on the interface because the no fefd command is not retained in the configuration file. To keep the interface FEFD disabled when the global configuration changes, use the fefd reset command.
PAGE 807
To return to the default value, use the no fefd interval command. Parameters seconds Enter a number as the time between FEFD control packets. The range is from 3 to 255 seconds. The default is 15 seconds. Defaults 15 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
PAGE 808
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command. Related Commands • fefd — enable far-end failure detection. fefd reset Reset all interfaces or a single interface that was in “error-disabled” mode.
PAGE 809
fefd-global interval Configure an interval between FEFD control packets. Syntax fefd-global interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no fefd-global interval command. Parameters seconds Enter a number as the time between FEFD control packets. The range is from 3 to 300 seconds. The default is 15 seconds. Defaults 15 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 810
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 811
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command. Usage Information The following describes the show fefd command shown in the following example. Field Description Interface Displays the interfaces type and number. Mode Displays the mode (aggressive or normal) or NA if the interface contains fefd reset in its configuration. Interval Displays the interval between FEFD packets.
PAGE 812
31 Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) The link layer discovery protocol (LLDP) advertises connectivity and management from the local station to the adjacent stations on an IEEE 802 LAN. LLDP facilitates multi-vendor interoperability by using standard management tools to discover and make available a physical topology for network management. The Dell Networking operating software implementation of LLDP is based on IEEE standard 801.1ab. The Dell Networking OS supports the basic LLDP commands on platform.
PAGE 813
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Added the vlan-name option. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • • • protocol lldp (Configuration) — enable LLDP globally. debug lldp interface — debug LLDP. show lldp neighbors — display the LLDP neighbors.
PAGE 814
Usage Information The advertise dot3–tlv power—via—mdi command enables the system to advertise IEEE 802.3 at power-via-mdi TLV to advertise its power negotiation capabilities with the powered devices via Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP). You can configure this command either on a specific interface or globally.
PAGE 815
advertise management-tlv (Interface) Advertise management type, length, values (TLVs) to the specified interface. Syntax advertise management-tlv {management-address | system-capabilities | systemdescription | system-name} To remove advertised management TLVs, use the no advertise management-tlv {managementaddress | system-capabilities | system-description | system-name} command.
PAGE 816
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 817
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. debug lldp interface To display timer events, neighbor additions or deletions, and other information about incoming and outgoing packets, enable LLDP debugging.
PAGE 818
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. disable Enable or disable LLDP. Syntax disable To enable LLDP, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled — no disable. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 819
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 820
Parameters tx Enter the keyword tx to set the mode to transmit. rx Enter the keyword rx to set the mode to receive. Defaults Both transmit and receive. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
PAGE 821
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol lldp (Configuration) Enable the LLDP globally on the switch. Syntax protocol lldp To disable LLDP globally on the chassis, use the no protocol lldp command. Defaults Enabled.
PAGE 822
Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 823
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.1.(0.0) Modified output of detail parameter to display remote management IP addresses. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 824
Example Dell# show lldp statistics Total number of neighbors: 300 Last table change time : Mon Oct 02 16:00:52 2006 Number of Table Inserts : 1621 Number of Table Deletes : 200 Number of Table Drops : 0 Number of Table Age Outs : 400 Dell# show management-interface Display LLDP management interface configuration information. Syntax show management-interface Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 825
Example Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show running-config lldp ! protocol lldp advertise dot1-tlv port-protocol-vlan-id port-vlan-id advertise dot3-tlv max-frame-size advertise management-tlv system-capabilities system-description hello 15 multiplier 3 no disable Dell# LLDP-MED Commands The following are the LLDP-MED (Media Endpoint Discovery) commands. Dell Networking OS LLDP-MED commands are an extension of the set of LLDP TLV advertisement commands.
PAGE 826
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series.
PAGE 827
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. • • debug lldp interface — debug LLDP. show lldp neighbors — display the LLDP neighbors. advertise med location-identification To advertise a location identifier, configure the system.
PAGE 828
Usage Information • ECS — Emergency call service such as defined by TIA or the national emergency numbering association (NENA) ELIN — Emergency location identification number, a valid North America Numbering Plan format telephone number supplied for ECS purposes. • Related Commands • • debug lldp interface — debug LLDP. show lldp neighbors — display the LLDP neighbors. advertise med power-via-mdi To advertise the Extended Power via MDI TLV, configure the system.
PAGE 829
advertise med softphone-voice To advertise softphone to enable IP telephony on a computer so that the computer can be used as a phone, configure the system. Syntax advertise med softphone-voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {prioritytagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med softphone-voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 830
layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. priority-tagged Enter the keywords priority-tagged, the Layer 2 priority, and then the DSCP value. number Defaults Unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 831
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series.
PAGE 832
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. • • • debug lldp interface — debug LLDP. show lldp neighbors — display the LLDP neighbors. advertise med voice To advertise a dedicated IP telephony handset or other appliances supporting interactive voice services, configure the system.
PAGE 833
advertise med voice-signaling To advertise when voice control packets use a separate network policy than voice data, configure the system. Syntax advertise med voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {prioritytagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority.
PAGE 834
32 Microsoft Network Load Balancing Network load balancing (NLB) is a clustering functionality that is implemented by Microsoft on Windows 2000 Server and Windows Server 2003 operating systems. Microsoft NLB clustering allows multiple servers running Microsoft Windows to be represented by one MAC and one IP address to provide transparent failover and load-balancing.
PAGE 835
vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword vlan then a VLAN ID number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example (Multicast) Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.3(0.
PAGE 836
33 Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP) Multicast source discovery protocol (MSDP) connects multiple PIM sparse-mode (PIM-SM) domains together. MSDP peers connect using TCP port 639. Peers send keepalives every 60 seconds. A peer connection is reset after 75 seconds if no MSDP packets are received. MSDP connections are parallel with MBGP connections. The Dell Networking OS supports MSDP commands on the platform.
PAGE 837
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced clear ip msdp sa-cache Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries. Syntax Parameters clear ip msdp sa-cache [group-address | rejected-sa | local] group-address Enter the group IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
PAGE 838
Parameters peer Enter the keyword peer to clear the MSDP peer entries. peer-address Enter the IP address of the MSDP peer. Defaults Without any options, this command clears the entire source-active cache. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON.
PAGE 839
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip msdp cache-rejected-sa Enable an MSDP cache for the rejected source-active entries.
PAGE 840
To remove the default peer, use the no ip msdp default-peer {peer address} list name command. Parameters peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.) list name Enter the keywords list name and specify a standard access list that contains the RP address that should be treated as the default peer. If no access list is specified, then all SAs from the peer are accepted. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 841
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip msdp mesh-group To be a member of a mesh group, configure a peer. Syntax ip msdp mesh-group {name} {peer address} To remove the peer from a mesh group, use the no ip msdp mesh-group {name} {peer address} command.
PAGE 842
ip msdp originator-id Configure the MSDP Originator ID. Syntax ip msdp originator-id {interface} To remove the originator-id, use the no ip msdp originator-id {interface} command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 843
• • • • • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 844
Parameters list acl-name Enter the name of an extended ACL that contains permitted SAs. If you do not use this option, all local entries are blocked. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 845
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip msdp sa-limit Configure the upper limit of source-active (SA) entries in SA-cache.
PAGE 846
• • clear ip msdp peer — clear the MSDP peer. show ip msdp — display the MSDP information. ip msdp shutdown Administratively shut down a configured MSDP peer. Syntax ip msdp shutdown {peer address} Parameters peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 847
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced show ip msdp Display the MSDP peer status, SA cache, or peer summary. Syntax Parameters show ip msdp {peer peer address | sa-cache | summary} peer peer address Enter the keyword peer then the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
PAGE 848
Input (S,G) filter: none Output (S,G) filter: none Dell# Example (Sacache) Dell# show ip msdp sa-cache MSDP Source-Active Cache - 1 entries GroupAddr SourceAddr RPAddr 224.1.1.1 172.21.220.10 172.21.3.254 Dell# Example (Summary) Dell# show ip msdp summary Peer Addr Local Addr Description 5.5.5.32 6.6.6.32 00:07:17 Peer1 Dell# LearnedFrom Expire UpTime 172.21.3.254 102 00:02:52 State Source Established Lo 32 SA Up/Down 20 show ip msdp sa-cache rejected-sa Display the rejected SAs in the SA cache.
PAGE 849
00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 225.1.2.8 10.1.1.4 225.1.2.9 10.1.1.3 225.1.2.10 10.1.1.4 225.1.2.11 10.1.1.3 225.1.2.11 10.1.1.3 225.1.2.12 10.1.1.4 225.1.2.13 10.1.1.3 225.1.2.14 10.1.1.4 225.1.2.15 10.1.1.3 225.1.2.16 10.1.1.4 225.1.2.17 10.1.1.3 225.1.2.18 10.1.1.4 225.1.2.19 10.1.1.3 110.1.1.1 110.1.1.1 110.1.1.1 110.1.1.1 110.1.1.1 110.1.1.1 110.1.1.1 110.1.1.1 110.1.1.1 110.1.1.1 110.1.1.1 110.1.1.1 110.1.1.1 13.
PAGE 850
34 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) Multiple spanning tree protocol (MSTP), as implemented by the Dell Networking OS, conforms to IEEE 802.1s. This command supports the Dell Networking platform.
PAGE 851
Example Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 852
Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. • protocol spanning-tree mstp — enter MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. forward-delay The amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. Syntax forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, use the no forward-delay command.
PAGE 853
To return to the default value, use the no hello-time command. Parameters seconds Enter a number as the time interval between transmission of BPDUs. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2 seconds. Defaults 2 seconds Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series.
PAGE 854
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 855
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information By default, all VLANs are mapped to MST instance zero (0) unless you use the vlan range command to map it to a non-zero instance. name The name you assign to the multiple spanning tree region. Syntax name region-name To remove the region name, use the no name command.
PAGE 856
protocol spanning-tree mstp To enable and configure the multiple spanning tree group, enter MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. Syntax protocol spanning-tree mstp To disable the multiple spanning tree group, use the no protocol spanning-tree mstp command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.
PAGE 857
Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 858
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell(conf-mstp)# show config ! protocol spanning-tree mstp no disable name CustomerSvc revision 2 MSTI 10 VLAN 101-105 max-hops 5 Dell(conf-mstp)# show spanning-tree mst configuration View the multiple spanning tree configuration. Syntax show spanning-tree mst configuration Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 859
show spanning-tree msti View the multiple spanning tree instance. Syntax Parameters show spanning-tree msti [instance-number [brief]] [guard] instance-number (Optional) Enter the multiple spanning tree instance number. The range is from 0 to 63. brief (Optional) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the MST instance. guard (Optional) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on an MSTP interface and the current port state.
PAGE 860
Designated root has priority 16384, address 0001.e800.0a:5c Designated bridge has priority 16384, address 0001.e800.0a:5c Designated port id is 128.88, designated path cost Number of transitions to forwarding state 4 BPDU (Mrecords): sent 19, received 1103 The port is not in the portfast mode Port 89 (GigabitEthernet 2/7) is alternate Discarding Port path cost 0, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.89 Designated root has priority 16384, address 0001.e800.
PAGE 861
Example (Guard) Field Description Sts Port state: root-inconsistent (INCON Root), forwarding (FWD), listening (LIS), blocking (BLK), or shut down (EDS Shut). Guard Type Type of STP guard configured (Root, Loop, or BPDU guard). Dell# show spanning-tree msti 5 guard Interface Name Instance Sts Guard type -----------------------------------Gi 1/1 5 INCON(Root) Rootguard Gi 1/2 5 FWD Loopguard Gi 1/3 5 EDS(Shut) Bpduguard spanning-tree Enable the multiple spanning tree protocol on the interface.
PAGE 862
Parameters msti instance Enter the keyword msti and the MST instance number. The range is from zero (0) to 63. cost cost (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cost then the port cost value. The range is from 1 to 200000.
PAGE 863
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.
PAGE 864
35 Multicast The multicast commands are supported by Dell Networking OS on all S3100 series platform. Topics: • IPv4 Multicast Commands IPv4 Multicast Commands The following section contains the IPv4 multicast commands. clear ip mroute Clear learned multicast routes on the multicast forwarding table. To clear the protocol-independent multicast (PIM) tree information base, use the clear ip pim tib command.
PAGE 865
Related Commands • show ip pim tib — show the PIM tree information base. ip mroute Assign a static mroute. Syntax ip mroute [vrf vrf-name] destination mask {ip-address | null 0| {{bgp| ospf} process-id | isis | rip | static} {ip-address | tag | null 0}} [distance] To delete a specific static mroute, use the no ip mroute [vrf vrf-name] destination mask {ipaddress | null 0| {{bgp| ospf} process-id | isis | rip | static} {ip-address | tag | null 0}} [distance] command.
PAGE 866
Version Description E-Series legacy command Related Commands • show ip mroute — display the routing table. ip multicast-limit To limit the number of multicast entries on the system, use this feature. Syntax ip multicast-limit [vrf vrf-name] limit Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to limit the number of multicast on the VRF. limit Enter the desired maximum number of multicast entries on the system. The S-Series range is from 1 to 16000.
PAGE 867
To disable multicast forwarding, use the no ip multicast-routing [vrf vrf-name] command. Defaults Parameters Disabled. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable IP multicast forwarding on that VRF. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
PAGE 868
Enter a multicast group address and, optionally, a source multicast address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D) to limit the information displayed to the multicast routes PIMSM snooping discovers for a specified multicast group and source. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view a summary of all routes. vlt (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlt to view multicast routes with a spanned incoming interface. Enter a multicast group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.
PAGE 869
(165.87.1.7, 225.1.2.1), uptime 00:03:17 Incoming vlan: Vlan 2 Outgoing interface list: GigabitEthernet 4/11 GigabitEthernet 4/13 GigabitEthernet 4/20 Example (VLT) Dell# show ip mroute vlt IP Multicast Routing Table Flags: S – Synced (*, 225.1.1.1), uptime 00:39:33 flags: S Incoming interface: Vlan 10 Spanned outgoing interface list: Vlan 20 (S) Vlan 30 (50.1.1.2, 225.1.1.
PAGE 870
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 871
36 Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP) The neighbor discovery protocol for IPv6 is defined in RFC 2461 as part of the Stateless Address Autoconfiguration protocol. It replaces the Address Resolution Protocol used with IPv4.
PAGE 872
• • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.
PAGE 873
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 874
• • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults None Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 875
Parameters interface_type slot/port Enter the one of the following interfaces and slot/port information: • • • count value For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. Enter the keyword count then the number of debug outputs. The range is from 1 to 65534.
PAGE 876
hop-limit Enable the verification of the advertised hop count limit. If this command is not configured, the verification process is bypassed. Syntax hop-limit {maximum | minimum limit} To reset the hop count limit, use the no hop-limit {maximum | minimum limit} command. Parameters maximum limit Enter the keyword maximum then the hop limit value. The range is from 0 to 254. minimum limit Enter the keyword minimum then the hop limit value. The range is from 0 to 254.
PAGE 877
Related Commands • show ipv6 nd ra-guard policy — display the configuration applied on all the RA guard policies or a specific RA guard policy. ipv6 nd ra-guard enable Allow you to configure the RA guard related commands. Syntax ipv6 nd ra-guard enable To disable the RA guard, use the no ipv6 nd ra-guard enable command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 878
managed-config-flag Set the managed address configuration flag. Syntax managed-config-flag {on | off} To clear the flag, use the no managed-config-flag {on | off} command. Parameters on Enter the keyword on to set the managed-config-flag value as ON. off Enter the keyword off to set the managed-config flag value as OFF. Defaults None Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 879
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, and Z9000 switches. • • ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands. ipv6 nd raguard policy policy-name — define the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy configuration mode.
PAGE 880
Defaults None Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 881
To reset the advertised retransmission interval, use the no retrans-timervalue command. Parameters value Enter the advertised retransmission time interval in milliseconds. The range is from 100 to 4,294,967,295 milliseconds. Defaults None Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 882
router-preference maximum Enable the verification of the advertised default router preference (DRP) value. The preference value is lower than or equal to the specified limit. If this command is not configured, the verification process is bypassed. Syntax router-preference maximum {high | low | medium} To reset the default router preference value, use the no router-preference maximum {high | low | medium} command. Parameters high Enter the keyword high to set the DRP value as high.
PAGE 883
ipv6 nd ra-guard policy test device-role router hop-limit maximum 251 mtu 1350 other-config-flag on reachable-time 540 retrans-timer 101 router-preference maximum medium trusted-port Dell(conf-ra_guard_policy_list)# Related Commands • • • • • • • • • • ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands. ipv6 nd ra-guard policy — define the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy list configuration mode. device-role — specify the role of the device attached to the port.
PAGE 884
Related Commands • • • • • • • • • • • ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands. ipv6 nd ra-guard policy — define the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy list configuration mode. device-role — specify the role of the device attached to the port. hop-limit — enable the verification of the advertised hop count limit. mtu — set the maximum transmission unit (MTU) value. other-config-flag — enable the verification of the advertised other configuration parameter.
PAGE 885
37 Object Tracking Object Tracking supports IPv4 and IPv6, and is available on the Dell Networking platforms. Object tracking allows you to define objects of interest, monitor their state, and report to a client when a change in an object’s state occurs.
PAGE 886
Example Dell# debug track all 04:35:04: %RPM0-P:RP2 %OTM-5-STATE: track 6 - Interface GigabitEthernet 1/2 line-protocol DOWN 04:35:04: %RPM0-P:RP2 %OTM-5-NOTIF: VRRP notification: resource ID 6 DOWN delay Configure the time delay used before communicating a change in the status of a tracked object to clients. Syntax delay {[up seconds] [down seconds]} To return to the default setting, use the no delay command.
PAGE 887
To remove the description, use the no description {text} command. Parameters text Enter a description to identify a tracked object (80 characters maximum). Defaults None Command Modes OBJECT TRACKING (conf_track_object-id) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
PAGE 888
delay up 5 threshold metric up 200 track 3 ipv6 route 2050::/64 reachability track 4 interface GigabitEthernet 1/2 ip routing track 5 ip route 192.168.0.0/24 reachability vrf red track resolution ip route isis 20 track resolution ip route ospf 10 Example (Objectid) Dell# show running-config track 300 track 300 ip route 10.0.0.
PAGE 889
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information The following describes the show track command shown in the Example below. Output Description Track object-id Displays the number of the tracked object. Interface type Displays the interface type and slot/port number or address of the IPv4/IPv6 route that is slot/port, IP route being tracked.
PAGE 890
2 3 Related Commands • • • • • Interface line-protocol Ethernet0/2 Interface ip routing VLAN100 Down 00:05:00 Up 01:10:05 show running-config track – display configuration information about tracked objects. track interface ip routing – configure object tracking on the routing status of an IPv4 Layer 3 interface. track interface line-protocol – configure object tracking on the line-protocol state of a Layer 2 interface.
PAGE 891
The tracking process uses a protocol-specific resolution value to convert the actual metric in the routing table to a scaled metric in the range 0 to 255. You can configure the resolution value used to scale route metrics for supported protocols with the track resolution ip route and track resolution ipv6 route commands. Related Commands • • track ip route metric threshold – configure object tracking on the threshold of an IPv4 route metric.
PAGE 892
track interface line-protocol Configure object tracking on the line-protocol state of a Layer 2 interface. Syntax track object-id interface interface line-protocol To return to the default setting, use the no track object-id command. Parameters object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is 1 to 500. interface Enter one of the following values: • • • • • • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 893
vrf vrf-name (Optional) You can configure a VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance to specify the virtual routing table to which the tracked route belongs. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 894
To provide a common tracking interface for different clients, route metrics are scaled in the range 0 to 255, where 0 is connected and 255 is inaccessible. The scaled metric value communicated to a client always considers a lower value to have priority over a higher value.
PAGE 895
If the next-hop address in the ARP cache ages out for a route tracked for its reachability, an attempt is made to regenerate the ARP cache entry to if the next-hop address appears before considering the route DOWN. Related Commands • • show track – display information about tracked objects, including configuration, current state, and clients which track the object. track ip route metric threshold – configure object tracking on the threshold of an IPv4 route metric.
PAGE 896
IPv6 Object Tracking Commands The following section describes the IPv6 object tracking commands. The following object tracking commands apply to IPv4 and IPv6: • • • • • • debug track delay description show running-config track threshold metric track interface line-protocol show track ipv6 route Display information about all tracked IPv6 routes, including configuration, current tracked state (UP or DOWN), and the clients which are tracking an object.
PAGE 897
Example Dell# show track ipv6 route Track 2 IPv6 route 2040::/64 metric threshold Metric threshold is Up (STATIC/0/0) 5 changes, last change 00:02:30 Metric threshold down 255 up 254 First-hop interface is GigabitEthernet 1/2 Tracked by: VRRP GigabitEthernet 2/4 IPv6 VRID 1 Track 3 IPv6 route 2050::/64 reachability Reachability is Up (STATIC) 5 changes, last change 00:02:30 First-hop interface is GigabitEthernet 1/2 Tracked by: VRRP GigabitEthernet 2/4 IPv6 VRID 1 Usage Command The following describes th
PAGE 898
• For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON.
PAGE 899
Version Description 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Use this command to create an object that tracks the UP and/or DOWN threshold of an IPv6 route metric. In order for a route’s metric to be tracked, the route must appear as an entry in the routing table. A tracked IPv6 route is considered to match an entry in the routing table only if the exact IPv6 address and prefix length match a table entry.
PAGE 900
Version Description 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Use this command to create an object that tracks the reachability of an IPv6 route. In order for a route’s reachability to be tracked, the route must appear as an entry in the routing table. A tracked route is considered to match an entry in the routing table only if the exact IPv6 address and prefix length match a table entry.
PAGE 901
The protocol-specific resolution value calculates the scaled metric by dividing a route's cost by the resolution value set for the route protocol: • • • • Related Commands • • For ISIS, you can set the resolution in the range 1 to 1000, where the default is 10. For OSPF, you can set the resolution in the range 1 to 1592, where the default is 1. The resolution value used to map static routes is not configurable. By default, Dell Networking OS assigns a metric of 0 to static routes.
PAGE 902
38 Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3) Open Shortest Path First version 2 for IPv4 is supported on platform. OSPF is an interior gateway protocol (IGP), which means that it distributes routing information between routers in a single autonomous system (AS). OSPF is also a link-state protocol in which all routers contain forwarding tables derived from information about their links to their neighbors.
PAGE 903
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 904
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. area range Summarize routes matching an address/mask at an area border router (ABR).
PAGE 905
Version Description pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Only the routes within an area are summarized, and that summary is advertised to other areas by the ABR. External routes are not summarized. Related Commands • • area stub — create a stub area. router ospf — enter ROUTER OSPF mode to configure an OSPF instance. area stub Configure a stub area, which is an area not connected to other areas.
PAGE 906
auto-cost Specify how the OSPF interface cost is calculated based on the reference bandwidth method. Syntax auto-cost [reference-bandwidth ref-bw] To return to the default bandwidth or to assign cost based on the interface type, use the no auto-cost [reference-bandwidth] command. Parameters ref-bw (OPTIONAL) Specify a reference bandwidth in megabits per second. The range is from 1 to 4294967. The default is 100 megabits per second. Defaults 100 megabits per second.
PAGE 907
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 908
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 909
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Added the database-timer rate-limit option for the S4810. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the debug ip ospf command shown in the Example below.
PAGE 910
Field Description • • • • • Example MC- (bit used by MOSPF is not set and router cannot forward IP multicast packets) E + (router is able to accept AS External LSAs) E - (router cannot accept AS External LSAs) T + (router can support TOS) T - (router cannot support TOS) hi: Displays the amount of time configured for the HELLO interval. di: Displays the amount of time configured for the DEAD interval. dr: Displays the IP address of the designated router.
PAGE 911
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • redistribute — redistributes routes from other routing protocols into OSPF.
PAGE 912
description Add a description about the selected OSPF configuration. Syntax description description To remove the OSPF description, use the no description command. Parameters description Enter a text string description to identify the OSPF configuration (80 characters maximum). Defaults None Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 913
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 914
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 915
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. distribute-list out To restrict certain routes destined for the local routing table after the SPF calculation, apply a filter.
PAGE 916
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The distribute-list out command applies to routes autonomous system boundary routers (ASBRs) redistributes into OSPF. It can be applied to external type 2 and external type 1 routes, but not to intra-area and inter-area routes.
PAGE 917
graceful-restart grace-period Specifies the time duration, in seconds, that the router’s neighbors continue to advertise the router as fully adjacent regardless of the synchronization state during a graceful restart. NOTE: This command enables OSPFv2 graceful restart globally by setting the grace period (in seconds) that an OSPFv2 router’s neighbors continues to advertise the router as adjacent during a graceful restart.
PAGE 918
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 919
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart role Specify the role for your OSPF router during graceful restart. Syntax graceful-restart role [helper-only | restart-only] To disable graceful restart role, use the no graceful-restart role command.
PAGE 920
Parameters seconds Enter the seconds. The range is from 0 to 300. Defaults zero (0) seconds. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON.
PAGE 921
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information All neighboring routers in the same network must use the same password to exchange OSPF information. ip ospf cost Change the cost associated with the OSPF traffic on an interface.
PAGE 922
ip ospf dead-interval Set the time interval since the last hello-packet was received from a router. After the interval elapses, the neighboring routers declare the router dead. Syntax ip ospf dead-interval seconds To return to the default values, use the no ip ospf dead-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds for the interval. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 40 seconds.
PAGE 923
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.
PAGE 924
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can configure a maximum of six digest keys on an interface. Of the available six digest keys, the switches select the MD5 key that is common. The remaining MD5 keys are unused. To change to a different key on the interface, enable the new key while the old key is still enabled.
PAGE 925
To return to the default, use the no ip ospf network command. Parameters broadcast Enter the keyword broadcast to designate the interface as part of a broadcast network. point-to-point Enter the keywords point-to-point to designate the interface as part of a point-topoint network. Defaults Broadcast. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 926
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Setting a priority of 0 makes the router ineligible for election as a designated router or backup designated router.
PAGE 927
Usage Information Set the time interval to a number large enough to prevent unnecessary retransmissions. ip ospf transmit-delay To send a link state update packet on the interface, set the estimated time elapsed. Syntax ip ospf transmit-delay seconds To return to the default value, use the no ip ospf transmit-delay command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds as the interval between retransmission. The range is from 1 to 3600. The default is 1 second.
PAGE 928
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.
PAGE 929
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. network area Define which interfaces run OSPF and the OSPF area for those interfaces. Syntax network ip-address mask area area-id To disable an OSPF area, use the no network ip-address mask area area-id command. Parameters ip-address Specify a primary or secondary address in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 930
If you delete all the network area commands for Area 0, the show ip ospf command output does not list Area 0. passive-interface Suppress both receiving and sending routing updates on an interface. Syntax passive-interface {default | interface} To enable both the receiving and sending routing, use the no passive-interface interface command. To return all OSPF interfaces (current and future) to active, use the no passive-interface default command.
PAGE 931
passive-interface interface • • • The previous no passive-interface interface is removed from the running configuration. The ABR status for the router is updated. Save passive-interface interface into the running configuration. passive-interface default • • • • All present and future OSPF interfaces are marked as passive. Any adjacency is explicitly terminated from all OSPF interfaces. All previous passive-interface interface commands are removed from the running configuration.
PAGE 932
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 933
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 934
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 935
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can configure an arbitrary value in the IP address format for each router. However, each router ID must be unique. If you use this command on an OSPF router process, which is already active (that is, has neighbors), a prompt reminding you that changing the router-id brings down the existing OSPF adjacency.
PAGE 936
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You must have an IP address assigned to an interface to enter ROUTER OSPF mode and configure OSPF. Example Dell(conf)# router ospf 2 Dell(conf-router_ospf)# show config Display the non-default values in the current OSPF configuration. Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 937
vrf vrf name Show only the OSPF information tied to the VRF process. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 938
Number of area in this router is 1, normal 1 stub 0 nssa 0 Area BACKBONE (0) Number of interface in this area is 1 SPF algorithm executed 205 times Area ranges are Dell# Related Commands • • • show ip ospf database — display information about the OSPF routes configured. show ip ospf interface — display the OSPF interfaces configured. show ip ospf neighbor — display the OSPF neighbors configured. show ip ospf asbr Display all autonomous system boundary router (ASBR) routers visible to OSPF.
PAGE 939
Example Dell# show ip ospf 1asbr RouterID 3.3.3.3 1.1.1.1 Dell# Flags -/-/-/ E/-/-/ Cost Nexthop 2 10.0.0.2 0 0.0.0.0 Interface Area Gi 1/1 1 0 show ip ospf database Display all LSA information. If you do not enable OSPF on the switch, no output is generated. Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id [vrf vrf-name] database [database-summary] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
PAGE 940
Field Description Seq# Identifies the link state sequence number. This number allows you to identify old or duplicate link state advertisements. Checksum Displays the Fletcher checksum of an LSA’s complete contents. Link count Displays the number of interfaces for that router. Example Dell> show ip ospf 1 database OSPF Router with ID (11.1.2.1) (Process ID 1) Router (Area 0.0.0.0) Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum 11.1.2.1 11.1.2.1 673 0x80000005 0x707e 13.1.1.1 13.1.1.
PAGE 941
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 942
LS type: Summary Asbr Link State ID: 103.1.50.1 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x8000000f Checksum: 0x8221 Length: 28 Network Mask: /0 TOS: 0 Metric: 2 LS age: 473 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Asbr Link State ID: 104.1.50.1 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x80000010 Checksum: 0x4198 Length: 28 --More-Related Commands • show ip ospf database — display OSPF database information.
PAGE 943
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database external command shown in the following example. Field Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router.
PAGE 944
Metrics Type: 2 TOS: 0 Metrics: 25 Forward Address: 0.0.0.0 External Route Tag: 43 LS age: 1868 Options: (No TOS-capability, DC) LS type: Type-5 AS External Link State ID: 24.216.12.0 Advertising Router: 20.20.20.8 LS Seq Number: 0x80000005 Checksum: 0xa00e Length: 36 Network Mask: /24 Metrics Type: 2 TOS: 0 Metrics: 1 Forward Address: 0.0.0.0 External Route Tag: 701 Dell# Related Commands • show ip ospf database — display OSPF database information.
PAGE 945
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database network command shown in the following example. Field Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router.
PAGE 946
Checksum: 0x4309 Length: 36 Network Mask: /24 Attached Router: 192.10.10.2 Attached Router: 20.20.20.1 Attached Router: 20.20.20.5 Dell# Related Commands • show ip ospf database — display OSPF database information. show ip ospf database nssa-external Display NSSA-External (type 7) LSA information. Syntax show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name ] database nssa-external [link-stateid] [adv-router ip-address] Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process.
PAGE 947
Related Commands • • show ip ospf database — display OSPF database information. show ip ospf database opaque-area Display the opaque-area (type 10) LSA information. Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name ] database opaque-area [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
PAGE 948
Item Description Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router. The following options can be found in this item: • • • TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service. DC or No DC is displayed depending on whether the originating router can support OSPF over demand circuits. E or No E is displayed on whether the originating router can accept AS External LSAs. LS Type Displays the LSA’s type.
PAGE 949
• • • adv-router ip- address the network’s IP address for Type 3 LSAs or Type 5 LSAs the router’s OSPF router ID for Type 1 LSAs or Type 4 LSAs the default destination (0.0.0.0) for Type 5 LSAs (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router and the ip-address to display only the LSA information about that router. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 950
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 951
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.20 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 952
OSPF Router with ID (1.1.1.10) (Process ID 100) Router (Area 0) LS age: 967 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Router Link State ID: 1.1.1.10 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x8000012f Checksum: 0x3357 Length: 144 AS Boundary Router Area Border Router Number of Links: 10 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.129.1 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.129.
PAGE 953
• • • adv-router ip- address the network’s IP address for Type 3 LSAs or Type 5 LSAs the router’s OSPF router ID for Type 1 LSAs or Type 4 LSAs the default destination (0.0.0.0) for Type 5 LSAs (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router then the IP address of an Advertising Router to display only the LSA information about that router. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 954
Item Description Network Mask Displays the network mask implemented on the area. TOS Displays the TOS options. Option 0 is the only option. Metric Displays the LSA metrics. Example Dell# show ip ospf 100 database summary OSPF Router with ID (1.1.1.10) (Process ID 100) Summary Network (Area 0.0.0.0) LS age: 1551 Options: (No TOS-capability, DC, E) LS type: Summary Network Link State ID: 192.68.16.0 Advertising Router: 192.168.17.
PAGE 955
• • • • • • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. For a Null interface, enter the keyword null then the Null interface number.
PAGE 956
Example Item Description Timer intervals... This line displays the interface’s timer settings for Hello interval, Dead interval, Transmit Delay (Wait), and Retransmit Interval. Hello due... This line displays the amount time until the next Hello packet is sent out this interface. Neighbor Count... This line displays the number of neighbors and adjacent neighbors. Listed below this line are the details about each adjacent neighbor.
PAGE 957
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 958
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 959
vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display statistics corresponding to the OSPF process that is tied to a specific VRF. global Enter the keyword global to display the packet counts received on all running OSPF interfaces and packet counts OSPF neighbors receive and transmit.
PAGE 960
Row Heading Description LSUpd Number of link state update packets. LSAck Number of link state acknowledgement packets. TxQ-Len The transmission queue length. RxQ-Len The reception queue length. Tx-Mark The highest number mark in the transmission queue. Rx-Mark The highest number mark in the reception queue. Hello-Q The queue, for transmission or reception, for the hello packets. LSR-Q The queue, for transmission or reception, for the link state request packets.
PAGE 961
Intf-Down Wrong-Len Auth-Err Version No-Buffer Q-OverFlow 0 0 0 0 0 0 Non-Dr Invld-Nbr MD5-Err AreaMis Seq-No Unkown-Pkt 0 0 0 0 0 0 Self-Org 0 Nbr-State 0 Chksum 0 Conf-Issues 0 Socket 0 Error packets (Only for TX) Socket Errors Dell# 0 Usage Information The show ip ospf process-id statistics command displays the error packet count received on each interface as: • • • • • • • • Example (Statistics) The hello-timer remaining value for each interface The wait-timer remaining value for each interface
PAGE 962
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 963
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. Usage Information To isolate problems with inter-area and external routes, use this command. In OSPF inter-area and external routes are calculated by adding LSA cost to the cost of reaching the router. If an inter-area or external route is not of correct cost, the display can determine if the path to the originating router is correct or not.
PAGE 964
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The area range command summarizes routes for the different areas. With the not-advertise parameter configured, you can use this command to filter out some external routes. For example, if you want to redistribute static routes to OSPF, but you don't want OSPF to advertise routes with prefix 1.1.0.0, you can configure the summary-address 1.1.0.0 255.255.0.
PAGE 965
Example Dell# conf Dell(conf)# router ospf 1 Dell(conf-router_ospf-1)# timer spf 2 5 Dell(conf-router_ospf-1)# show config ! router ospf 1 timers spf 2 5 Dell(conf-router_ospf-1)# end timers throttle lsa all Configure LSA transmit intervals. Syntax timers throttle lsa all {start-interval | hold-interval | max-interval} To return to the default, use the no timers throttle lsa command. Parameters start-interval Set the minimum interval between initial sending and resending the same LSA.
PAGE 966
timers throttle lsa arrival Configure the LSA acceptance intervals. Syntax timers throttle lsa arrival arrival-time To return to the default, use the no timers throttle lsa command. Parameters arrival-time Set the interval between receiving the same LSA repeatedly, to allow sufficient time for the system to accept the LSA. The range is from 0 to 600,000 milliseconds. Defaults 1000 msec Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 967
MD5 | SHA1 Authentication type: Message Digest 5 (MD5) or Secure Hash Algorithm 1 (SHA-1). key-encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Specifies if the key is encrypted. key Text string used in authentication. The values are 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted). For MD5 authentication, the key must be 32 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 64 hex digits (encrypted). For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted). Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 968
ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy. The range is from 256 to 4294967295. esp encryptionalgorithm Encryption algorithm used with ESP. Valid values are: 3DES, DES, AES-CBC, and NULL. For AES-CBC, only the AES-128 and AES-192 ciphers are supported. key-encryptionalgorithm (OPTIONAL) Specifies if the key is encrypted. key Text string used in encryption. Valid values: 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted).
PAGE 969
If you have enabled IPsec authentication in an OSPFv3 area with the area authentication command, you cannot use the area encryption command in the area at the same time. The configuration of IPsec encryption on an interface-level takes precedence over an area-level configuration. If you remove an interface configuration, an area encryption policy that has been configured is applied to the interface.
PAGE 970
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the S4820T, S4810, and Z9000.
PAGE 971
Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 972
Lines Description Beginning With or Including Length: Displays the packet length. Router ID: Displays the OSPF3 router ID. Area ID: Displays the Area ID. Chksum: Displays the OSPF3 checksum. default-information originate Configure the Dell Networking OS to generate a default external route into an OSPFv3 routing domain.
PAGE 973
graceful-restart grace-period Enable OSPFv3 graceful restart globally by setting the grace period (in seconds) that an OSPFv3 router’s neighbors continues to advertise the router as adjacent during a graceful restart. Syntax graceful-restart grace-period seconds To disable OSPFv3 graceful restart, enter no graceful-restart grace-period. Parameters seconds Time duration, in seconds, that specifies the duration of the restart process before OSPFv3 terminates the process.
PAGE 974
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.2 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 975
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series and C-Series. ipv6 ospf authentication Configure an IPsec authentication policy for OSPFv3 packets on an IPv6 interface. Syntax Parameters ipv6 ospf authentication {null | ipsec spi number {MD5 | SHA1} [key-encryptiontype] key}} null Causes an authentication policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface. ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy.
PAGE 976
• • show crypto ipsec policy – display the configuration of IPsec authentication policies. show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 – display the security associations set up for OSPFv3 interfaces in authentication policies. ipv6 ospf cost Explicitly specify the cost of sending a packet on an interface. Syntax ipv6 ospf interface-cost Parameters interface-cost Enter a unsigned integer value expressed as the link-state metric. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults Default cost based on the bandwidth.
PAGE 977
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.
PAGE 978
For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 979
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.2 Introduced on E-Series. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Usage Information By default, OSPFv3 graceful restart is disabled and functions only in a helper role to help restarting neighbor routers in their graceful restarts when it receives a Grace LSA. When configured in a helper-reject role, an OSPFv3 router ignores the Grace LSAs that it receives from a restarting OSPFv3 neighbor.
PAGE 980
ipv6 ospf priority To determine the Designated Router for the OSPFv3 network, set the priority of the interface. Syntax ipv6 ospf priority number To return to the default time interval, use the no ipv6 ospf priority command. Parameters number Enter the number as the priority. The range is from 1 to 255. Defaults 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 981
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. maximum-paths Enable the software to forward packets over multiple paths. Syntax maximum-paths number To disable packet forwarding over multiple paths, use the no maximum-paths command.
PAGE 982
• • • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Enabled, that is sending of routing updates are enabled by default. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF for OSPFv2 ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 983
The range is from 0 to 16777214. The default is 20. metric-type type- value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then the OSPFv3 link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes. The values are: • • 1 for a type 1 external route 2 for a type 2 external route The default is 2. route-map map- name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of an established route map. If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes).
PAGE 984
ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 985
When configured in a helper-reject role, an OSPFv3 router ignores the Grace LSAs that it receives from a restarting OSPFv3 neighbor. Related Commands Example show crypto ipsec sa ipv6– displays the IPsec security associations used on OSPFv3 interfaces.
PAGE 986
Field Description Inbound AH Key and Outbound AH Key The AH key for inbound and outbound links. show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 Display the IPsec security associations (SAs) used on OSPFv3 interfaces.
PAGE 987
in use settings : {Transport, } replay detection support : N STATUS : ACTIVE outbound ah sas spi : 500 (0x1f4) transform : ah-md5-hmac in use settings : {Transport, } replay detection support : N STATUS : ACTIVE inbound esp sas outbound esp sas Interface: GigabitEthernet 1/2 Link Local address: fe80::201:e8ff:fe40:4d11 IPSecv6 policy name: OSPFv3-1-600 inbound ah sas outbound ah sas inbound esp sas spi : 600 (0x258) transform : esp-des esp-sha1-hmac in use settings : {Transport, } replay detection support :
PAGE 988
show ipv6 ospf database Display information in the OSPFv3 database, including link-state advertisements (LSAs). Syntax show ipv6 ospf [process-number] [vrf vrf-name] database [database-summary | grace-lsa] Parameters process-number Enter the OSPF process number. vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display neighbors corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, neighbors corresponding to the default VRF are displayed.
PAGE 989
Restart Interval : 180 Restart Reason : Switch to Redundant Processor Example (databasesummary) Dell# show ipv6 ospf 3 database database-summary OSPFv3 Router with ID (1.1.1.
PAGE 990
NOTE: If you do not specify this option, neighbors corresponding to the default VRF are displayed. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 991
vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display OSPF neighbors corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, neighbors corresponding to the default VRF are displayed. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • • • Defaults None Command Modes EXEC For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 992
Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON, S6000, S4820T, S4810, S5000.
PAGE 993
39 Policy-based Routing (PBR) Policy-based routing (PBR) allows you to apply routing policies to specific interfaces. To enable PBR, create a redirect list and apply it to the interface. After the redirect list is applied to the interface, all traffic passing through the interface is subject to the rules defined in the redirect list. PBR is supported by the Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 994
Related Commands Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • ip redirect-list – enable an IP Redirect List. ip redirect-group Apply a redirect list (policy-based routing) on an interface. You can apply multiple redirect lists to an interface by entering this command multiple times. Syntax ip redirect-group redirect-list-name To remove a redirect list from an interface, use the no ip redirect-group name command.
PAGE 995
To remove a redirect list, use the no ip redirect-list command. Parameters redirect-list-name Enter the name of a redirect list. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 996
bit (OPTIONAL) For the TCP protocol type only, enter one or a combination of the following TCP flags: • • • • • • operator ack = acknowledgement fin = finish (no more data from the user) psh = push function rst = reset the connection syn = synchronize sequence number urg = urgent field (OPTIONAL) For TCP and UDP parameters only.
PAGE 997
Parameters redirect Enter the keyword redirect to assign the sequence to the redirect list. ip-address Enter the IP address of the forwarding router. slot/port Enter the keyword slot / port followed by the slot/port information. tunnel Enter the keyword tunnel to configure the tunnel setting. tunnel-id Enter the keyword tunnel-id to redirect the traffic. track Enter the keyword track to enable the tracking. track Enter the keyword track to track object-id.
PAGE 998
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for the track-id on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. seq Configure a filter with an assigned sequence number for the redirect list.
PAGE 999
• • • • operator psh = push function rst = reset the connection syn = synchronize sequence number urg = urgent field (OPTIONAL) For the TCP and UDP parameters only. Enter one of the following logical operand: • • • • • eq = equal to neq = not equal to gt = greater than lt= less than range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port command parameter.
PAGE 1000
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. Usage Information The show cam pbr command displays the PBR CAM content.
PAGE 1001
[up], Next-hop reachable (via Gi 1/32) seq 35 redirect 155.1.1.2 track 5 ip 7.7.7.0/24 8.8.8.0/24, Track 5 [up], Next-hop reachable (via Po 5) seq 30 redirect 155.1.1.2 track 6 icmp host 8.8.8.8 any, Track 5 [up], Next-hop reachable (via Po 5) seq 35 redirect 42.1.1.2 icmp host 8.8.8.8 any, Next-hop reachable (via Vl 20) seq 40 redirect 43.1.1.2 tcp 155.55.2.0/24 222.22.2.0/24, Next-hop reachable (via Vl 30) seq 45 redirect 31.1.1.2 track 200 ip 12.0.0.0 255.0.0.197 13.0.0.0 255.0.0.
PAGE 1002
40 PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM) The protocol-independent multicast (PIM) commands are supported by the Dell Networking operating software on the platform. The following describes the IPv4 PIM-SIM commands. Topics: • IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands The following describes the IPv4 PIM-sparse mode (PIM-SM) commands. clear ip pim rp-mapping The bootstrap router (BSR) feature uses this command to remove all or particular rendezvous point (RP) advertisement.
PAGE 1003
clear ip pim tib Clear PIM tree information from the PIM database. Syntax Parameters clear ip pim [vrf vrf-name] tib [group] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. group (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1004
events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword group to view PIM messages for a specific group. group (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword group to view PIM messages for a specific group. packet [in | out] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword packet to view PIM packets. Enter one of the optional parameters: • • in: to view incoming packets out: to view outgoing packets register (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword register to view PIM register address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
PAGE 1005
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1006
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 6.1.1.0 Added support for the VLAN interface. ip pim dr-priority Change the designated router (DR) priority for the interface.
PAGE 1007
ip pim join-filter Permit or deny PIM Join/Prune messages on an interface using an extended IP access list. This command prevents the PIM-SM router from creating state based on multicast source and/or group. Syntax ip pim [vrf vrf-name] join-filter ext-access-list [in | out] To remove the access list, use the no ip pim [vrf vrf-name] join-filter ext-access-list command.
PAGE 1008
Parameters std-access-list Enter the name of a standard access list. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.
PAGE 1009
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Do not enter this command before creating the access-list. ip pim query-interval Change the frequency of PIM Router-Query messages.
PAGE 1010
To return to the default, use the no ip pim [vrf vrf-name] register-filter access-list command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. access-list Enter the name of an extended access list. Maximum 16 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1011
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1012
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1013
ip pim sparse-mode sg-expiry-timer Enable expiry timers globally for all sources. Syntax ip pim [vrf vrf-name] sparse-mode sg-expiry-timer seconds [access-list-name] To disable configured timers and return to default mode, use the no ip pim [vrf vrf-name] sparsemode sg-expiry-timer command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable expiry timer for all sources on that VRF.
PAGE 1014
NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. access_list_name Enter the name of the access list. Defaults Default SSM range is 232/8 and ff3x/32 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1015
Parameters value (OPTIONAL) Enter the traffic value in kilobits per second. The default is 10 packets per second . A value of zero (0) causes a switchover on the first packet. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure the PIM router on that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. infinity (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword infinity to never switch to the source-tree. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1016
Usage Information By default, when you enable PIM-SM snooping, a switch floods all multicast traffic to the PIM designated router (DR), including unnecessary multicast packets. To minimize the traffic sent over the network to the designated router, you can disable designated-router flooding.
PAGE 1017
show ip pim interface View information on the interfaces with IP PIM enabled. Syntax Parameters show ip pim [vrf vrf-name] interface vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on this VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1018
Example Dell# show ip pim interface Address Interface Ver/ Mode 165.87.34.5 Gi 1/10 v2/S 10.1.1.2 Vl 10 v2/S 20.1.1.5 Vl 20 v2/S 165.87.31.200 Vl 30 v2/S Dell# Nbr Count 0 1 1 1 Query Intvl 30 30 30 30 DR Prio 1 1 1 1 DR 165.87.34.5 10.1.1.2 20.1.1.5 165.87.31.201 show ip pim neighbor View PIM neighbors. Syntax show ip pim [vrf vrf-name] neighbor Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF.
PAGE 1019
Field Description DR prio/Mode Displays the Designated Router priority and the mode. • • • Example 1 = default Designated Router priority (use the ip pim dr-priority command) DR = Designated Router S = Sparse mode Dell# show ip pim neighbor Neighbor Interface Uptime/Expires Ver Address 127.87.3.4 Gi 1/16 09:44:58/00:01:24 v2 Dell# DR Prio/Mode 1 / S show ip pim rp View all multicast groups-to-RP mappings.
PAGE 1020
229.1.2.1 229.1.2.2 Dell# Example (Mapping) 165.87.20.4 165.87.20.4 Dell# show ip pim rp mapping PIM Group-to-RP Mappings Group(s): 224.0.0.0/4, Static RP: 50.40.4.4, v2 Dell# Example (Address) Dell# show ip pim rp 229.1.2.1 Group RP 229.1.2.1 165.87.20.4 Dell# show ip pim snooping interface Display information on VLAN interfaces with PIM-SM snooping enabled.
PAGE 1021
Example (#2) Dell# show ip pim snooping interface Interface Ver Nbr DR DR Count Prio Vlan 2 v2 3 1 165.87.32.2 Dell# show ip pim snooping neighbor Display information on PIM neighbors learned through PIM-SM snooping. Syntax Parameters show ip pim snooping neighbor [vlan vlan-id] vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter a VLAN ID to display information about PIM neighbors that PIM-SM snooping discovered on a specified VLAN. The valid VLAN IDs range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1022
165.87.32.10 165.87.32.12 Vl 2 [Gi 1/11 ] 00:00:46/00:01:29 Vl 2 [Gi 2/20 ] 00:00:51/00:01:24 v2 v2 0 0 show ip pim snooping tib Display information from the tree information base (TIB) PIM-SM snooping discovered about multicast group members and states. Syntax show ip pim snooping tib [vlan vlan-id] [group-address [source-address]] Parameters vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter a VLAN ID to display TIB information PIM-SM snooping discovered on a specified VLAN. The valid VLAN IDs range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1023
Field Description Outgoing interface list: Lists the interfaces that meet one of the following criteria: Example • • • a directly connect member of the Group statically configured member of the Group received a (*,G) Join message Dell# show ip pim snooping tib PIM Multicast Snooping Table Flags: J/P - (*,G) Join/Prune, j/p - (S,G) Join/Prune SGR-P - (S,G,R) Prune Timers: Uptime/Expires * : Inherited port (*, 225.1.2.1), uptime 00:00:01, expires 00:02:59, RP 165.87.70.
PAGE 1024
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Group Address / MaskLen show ip pim summary View information about PIM-SM operation.
PAGE 1025
PIM-SNOOPING Interface 1 0 3 summary: active PIM interface passive PIM interfaces active PIM neighbors TIB summary: 1/1 (*,G) entries in PIM-TIB/MFC 1/1 (S,G) entries in PIM-TIB/MFC 0/0 (S,G,Rpt) entries in PIM-TIB/MFC 0 0 0 0 PIM nexthops RPs sources Register states Message summary: 2582/2583 Joins sent/received 5/0 Prunes sent/received 0/0 Candidate-RP advertisements sent/received 0/0 BSR messages sent/received 0/0 State-Refresh messages sent/received 0/0 MSDP updates sent/received 0/0 Null Register m
PAGE 1026
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip pim tib command shown in the following example. Field Description (S, G) Displays the entry in the multicast PIM database. uptime Displays the amount of time the entry has been in the PIM route table.
PAGE 1027
(*, 225.1.1.2), uptime 00:40:15, expires 00:00:00, RP 20.40.4.4, flags: SCJ Incoming interface: Vlan 2007, RPF neighbor 20.30.124.4 Outgoing interface list: Vlan 2006 Forward/Sparse 00:06:21/Never (20.10.4.9, 225.1.1.2), uptime 00:06:21, expires 00:02:06, flags: CT Incoming interface: Vlan 2007, RPF neighbor 20.30.124.4 Outgoing interface list: Vlan 2006 Forward/Sparse 00:06:21/Never Dell# show running-config pim Display the current configuration of PIM-SM snooping.
PAGE 1028
41 Power over Ethernet (PoE) Dell Networking OS supports Power over Ethernet (PoE) and Power over Ethernet Plus (PoE+) on S3100 series systems. Use the commands in this chapter to configure the Power over Ethernet (PoE) on the S3100 platforms.
PAGE 1029
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The advertise dot3–tlv power—via—mdi command enables the system to advertise IEEE 802.3 at power-via-mdi TLV to advertise its power negotiation capabilities with the powered devices via Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP). You can configure this command either on a specific interface or globally.
PAGE 1030
Usage Information Advertise the Extended Power via MDI on all ports that are connected to an 802.3af powered, LLDP-MED endpoint device. Related Commands Example debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors.
PAGE 1031
Parameters max_milliwatts (OPTIONAL) Specify the maximum amount of inline power allocation to a powered device connected to the interface. Range is 440–30000 milliwatts (mWs). The default value is 30000 mWs. NOTE: The max_milliwatt configuration is effective only in Static mode. priority Enter the keyword priority to specify the PoE priority for the powered device connected to the interface. Default priority value is low. critical Enter the keyword critical to set the PoE priority level as critical.
PAGE 1032
Parameters stack-unit unit number Enter the keyword stack-unit and the unit number. Range is 1 to 12. Defaults Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Increased the stacking range to 12 units in S3100 series. 9.8(2.
PAGE 1033
Power Reserved for inline Power: Total Inline Power Consumed: Remaining inline power Available: Power Management Mode: Static Interface --------Gi 1/1 Dell# Inline Power Inline Power Max / Alloc Consumed (Watts) (Watts) ----------------------30.00/0.00 0.
PAGE 1034
power inline suspend You can use this command to disable PoE power supply to all the ports in a stack unit temporarily. Syntax power inline suspend stack-unit unit number Parameters stack-unit unit number Enter the keyword stack-unit and the stack unit number. Range is 1 to 12. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1035
show power inline You can use this command to display the PoE power allocation on a specified stack unit or on an interface. Syntax Parameters show power inline {stack-unit unit number | interface interface SLOT/PORT [/ SUBPORT] } stack-unit unit number Enter the keyword stack-unit and the stack unit number Range is from 1 to 12. interface interface Enter the interface keyword, and specify the interface type followed by the SLOT/ SLOT/PORT [/ PORT [/SUBPORT] numbers.
PAGE 1036
Gi 1/1 Dell# 1036 Power over Ethernet (PoE) 0.00 /0.00 0.
PAGE 1037
42 Port Monitoring The port monitoring feature allows you to monitor network traffic by forwarding a copy of each incoming or outgoing packet from one port to another port. Important Points to Remember • • • • • • • Port monitoring is supported on physical ports and logical interfaces, such as port channels and virtual local area networks (VLANs). The monitoring (destination, “MG”) and monitored (source, “MD”) ports must be on the same switch.
PAGE 1038
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • monitor session — enables a monitoring session.
PAGE 1039
monitor session Create a session for monitoring traffic with port monitoring. Syntax monitor session session-ID [type { rpm | erpm [set ip dscp dscp_value | set ip ttl ttl_value]}] [drop] To delete a session, use the no monitor session session-ID command. To delete all monitor sessions, use the no monitor session all command. Parameters session-ID Enter a session identification number. The range is from 0 to 65535.
PAGE 1040
Example Dell# show monitor session SessID Source Destination ------ ---------------0 Gi 1/12 remote-ip 0 Po 1 remote-ip 1 Vl 11 remote-ip Related Command • • Dir --rx tx rx Mode Source IP ---- --------Flow 1.1.1.1 Flow 1.1.1.1 Flow 5.1.1.1 Dest IP -------7.1.1.2 7.1.1.2 3.1.1.2 DSCP ---0 0 0 TTL --255 255 255 show monitor session — displays the monitor session. show running-config monitor session — displays the running configuration of a monitor session.
PAGE 1041
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1042
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Related Commands Dell# show monitor session 1 SessID Source Destination Dir Mode Source IP ------ ------ ----------- --- ---- --------1 Gi 1/2 remote-ip rx Port 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0 Dell# show monitor session SessID Source Destination Dir Mode Source IP ------ ------ ----------- --- ---- --------1 Gi 1/2 remote-ip rx Port 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.
PAGE 1043
Example Related Commands Dell# show running-config monitor session ! monitor session 1 source GigabitEthernet 1/1 destination GigabitEthernet 1/2 direction rx ! monitor multicast-queue 7 Dell# • • monitor session — creates a monitoring session. show monitor session — displays a monitoring session. source (port monitoring) Configure a port monitor source.
PAGE 1044
Command History Example 1044 This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the any parameter. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.0.
PAGE 1045
43 Private VLAN (PVLAN) The private VLAN (PVLAN) feature of the Dell Networking OS is supported on the platforms. Private VLANs extend the Dell Networking OS security suite by providing Layer 2 isolation between ports within the same private VLAN. A private VLAN partitions a traditional VLAN into subdomains identified by a primary and secondary VLAN pair. The Dell Networking OS private VLAN implementation is based on RFC 3069. For more information, see the following commands.
PAGE 1046
ip local-proxy-arp Enable/disable Layer 3 communication between secondary VLANs in a private VLAN. Syntax [no] ip local-proxy-arp To disable Layer 3 communication between secondary VLANs in a private VLAN, use the no ip localproxy-arp command in INTERFACE VLAN mode for the primary VLAN. To disable Layer 3 communication in a particular secondary VLAN, use the no ip local-proxy-arp command in INTERFACE VLAN mode for the selected secondary VLAN.
PAGE 1047
Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.
PAGE 1048
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 1049
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information The assignment of the various PVLAN port types to port and port channel (LAG) interfaces is shown in the following example.
PAGE 1050
44 Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+) The Dell Networking OS implementation of per-VLAN spanning tree plus (PVST+) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning tree protocol. Dell Networking OS supports PVST+ on the platform. NOTE: For easier command line entry, the plus (+) sign is not used at the command line.
PAGE 1051
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. pre- 7.7.1.1 Introduced. • protocol spanning-tree pvst — enter SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable PVST+ globally. Syntax disable To enable PVST+, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1052
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1053
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 8.3.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 1054
guard (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on a PVST interface and the current port state. Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1055
Gi 1/16 128.146 128 20000 FWD 20000 16384 0001.e805.e306 128.146 Gi 1/17 128.147 128 20000 FWD 20000 16384 0001.e805.e306 128.147 Interface Name Role PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Link-type Edge ----------------------------------------------------Gi 1/0 Root 128.130 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P No Gi 1/1 Altr 128.131 128 20000 BLK 20000 P2P No Gi 1/16 Desg 128.146 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P Yes Gi 1/17 Desg 128.
PAGE 1056
----------------------------------------------------------Gi 1/1 128.1223 128 20000 EDS 0 32768 0001.e800.a12b 128.
PAGE 1057
• • Port Channel with two 10 Gigabit Ethernet = 1800. Port Channel with two 100 Mbps Ethernet = 180000. priority value Enter the keyword priority then the Port priority value in increments of 16. The range is from 0 to 240. The default is 128. loopguard (C-, S-, and E-Series only) Enter the keyword loopguard to enable loop guard on a PVST+ port or port-channel interface. rootguard (C-, S-, and E-Series only) Enter the keyword rootguard to enable root guard on a PVST+ port or port-channel interface.
PAGE 1058
Enabling Portfast BPDU guard and loop guard at the same time on a port results in a port that remains in a Blocking state and prevents traffic from flowing through it. For example, when Portfast BPDU guard and loop guard are both configured: • • Example If a BPDU is received from a remote device, BPDU guard places the port in an Err-Disabled Blocking state and no traffic is forwarded on the port.
PAGE 1059
Dell Networking OS from executing this action, use the no spanning-tree pvst err-disable command cause invalid-pvst-bpdu. Related Commands • show spanning-tree pvst — views the PVST+ configuration. tc-flush-standard Enable the MAC address flushing after receiving every topology change notification. Syntax tc-flush-standard To disable, use the no tc-flush-standard command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1060
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1061
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. • • • • vlan bridge-priority — sets the bridge-priority value. vlan hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. vlan max-age — changes the time interval before PVST+ refreshes.
PAGE 1062
Related Commands • • • • vlan bridge-priority — sets the bridge-priority value. vlan forward-delay — changes the time interval before Dell Networking OS transitions to the forwarding state. vlan max-age — changes the time interval before PVST+ refreshes. show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration. vlan max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the PVST+ bridge.
PAGE 1063
45 Quality of Service (QoS) The Dell Networking OS commands for quality of service (QoS) include traffic conditioning and congestion control. QoS commands are not universally supported on all Dell Networking products. platform. Topics: • • • • Global Configuration Commands Per-Port QoS Commands Policy-Based QoS Commands DSCP Color Map Commands Global Configuration Commands There is only one global configuration QoS command.
PAGE 1064
Per-Port QoS Commands Per-port QoS (port-based QoS) allows you to define the QoS configuration on a per-physical-port basis. dot1p-priority Assign a value to the IEEE 802.1p bits on the traffic this interface receives. Syntax dot1p-priority priority-value To delete the IEEE 802.1p configuration on the interface, use the no dot1p-priority command. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1065
peak peak-rate (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword peak then a number to specify the peak rate in Mbps. The range is from 0 to 40000. vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then a VLAN ID to police traffic to those specific VLANs. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults Granularity for commited-rate and peak-rate is Mbps unless you use the kbps option. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1066
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1067
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information To apply dot1p-queue-mapping, use the service-class dynamic dot1p command. Related Commands • show qos dot1p-queue-mapping — displays the dot1p priority to queue mapping on the switch.
PAGE 1068
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added the kbps option on the C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Expanded the command to permit configuration on port channels. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To honor all incoming 802.1p markings on incoming switched traffic on the interface, enter this command.
PAGE 1069
Usage Information After you configure a unicast queue as strict-priority, that particular queue, on the entire chassis, is treated as a strict-priority queue. Traffic for a strict priority is scheduled before any other queues are serviced. For example, if you send 100% line rate traffic over the SP queue, it starves all other queues on the ports on which this traffic is flowing. Policy-Based QoS Commands Policy-based traffic classification is handled with class maps.
PAGE 1070
Parameters match-all Determines how packets are evaluated when multiple match criteria exist. Enter the keywords match-all to determine that the packets must meet all the match criteria in order to be a member of the class. match-any Determines how packets are evaluated when multiple match criteria exist. Enter the keywords match-any to determine that the packets must meet at least one of the match criteria in order to be a member of the class.
PAGE 1071
clear qos statistics Clear qos statistics clears statistics from show qos statistics. Syntax Parameters clear qos statistics interface-name interface-name Enter one of the following keywords: • • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1072
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. pre- 7.7.1.0 Introduced. • • • • • policy-map-input — creates an input policy map.
PAGE 1073
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added the DSCP Marking option support on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series; added support for the DSCP Marking option. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1074
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added the keyword multicast ; added the DSCP Marking option support on the SSeries. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series; added support for the DSCP Marking option. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1075
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added support for the ipv6 and ip-any options on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added the keyword multicast .
PAGE 1076
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria. Use this command to match an IP class-map against a single VLAN ID . Related Commands • class-map — identifies the class map. match ip vrf Uses a VRF as the match criterion for an L3 class map.
PAGE 1077
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1078
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Available on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added support for the DSCP Marking option. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria. Related Commands • class-map — identifies the class map. match mac vlan Configure a match criterion for a class map based on VLAN ID.
PAGE 1079
Parameters qos-policy-name Enter the name of the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (policy-map-input and policy-map-output) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1080
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1081
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Policy name character limit increased from 16 to 32. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To assign traffic to different flows using QoS policy, use the Output Policy map. This command enables PolicyMap-Output Configuration mode (conf-policy-map-out).
PAGE 1082
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Use this command to specify the name of the input QoS policy. Once input policy is specified, rate-police can be defined. This command enables the qos-policy-input configuration mode— (conf-qos-policy-in).
PAGE 1083
Related Commands • • bandwidth-percentage — assigns percentage of bandwidth to the class/queue. wred — assigns yellow or green drop precedence. rate-police Specify the policing functionality on incoming traffic. Syntax Parameters rate-police [kbps] committed-rate [burst-KB] [peak [kbps] peak-rate [burst-KB]] kbps Enter the keyword kbps to specify the rate limit in Kilobits per second (Kbps). Make the following value a multiple of 64. The range is from 0 to 40000000.
PAGE 1084
rate-shape Shape traffic output as part of the designated policy. Syntax rate-shape [kbps | pps] peak-rate [burst-kbps | burst-packets] commited [kbps | pps] commited-rate [burst-kbps | burst-packets] Parameters pps Enter the keyword pps to specify the rate limit in packets per second (pps). kbps Enter the keyword kbps to specify the rate limit in Kilobits per second (Kbps). Make the following value a multiple of 64. The range is from 0 to 40000000.
PAGE 1085
service-policy input Apply an input policy map to the selected interface. Syntax service-policy input policy-map-name [layer2] To remove the input policy map from the interface, use the no service-policy input policy-mapname [layer2] command. Parameters policy-map-name Enter the name for the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). You can identify an existing policy map or name one that does not yet exist. layer2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword layer2 to specify a Layer 2 Class Map.
PAGE 1086
To remove the output policy map from the interface, use the no service-policy output policy-mapname command. Parameters policy-map-name Enter the name for the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). You can identify an existing policy map or name one that does not yet exist. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1087
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1088
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added mac-dot1p on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Added support for mac-dot1p. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information After the IP DSCP bit is set, other QoS services can then operate on the bit settings.
PAGE 1089
Related Commands • class-map — identifies the class map. show qos dot1p-queue-mapping Displays the dot1p priority to queue mapping on the switch. Syntax show qos dot1p-queue-mapping Defaults • • Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. dot1p Priority: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Queue: 1 0 0 1 2 2 3 3 Version Description 9.8(2.
PAGE 1090
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example (IPv4) EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1091
show qos policy-map-input View the input QoS policy map details. Syntax Parameters show qos policy-map-input [policy-map-name] [class class-map-name] [qos-policyinput qos-policy-name] policy-map-name Enter the policy map name. class class-mapname Enter the keyword class then the class map name. qos-policy-input qos-policy-name Enter the keyword qos-policy-input then the QoS policy name. Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1092
4 5 6 7 Dell# c4 c5 c6 c7 q4 q6 q7 show qos policy-map-output View the output QoS policy map details. Syntax show qos policy-map-output [policy-map-name] [qos-policy-output qos-policyname] Parameters policy-map-name Enter the policy map name. qos-policy-output Enter the keyword qos-policy-output then the QoS policy name. qos-policy-name Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1093
Parameters qos-policy-name Enter the QoS policy name. Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1094
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1095
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the egress-queue keyword. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1096
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.
PAGE 1097
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information This feature allows you to determine if the CAM has enough space available before applying the configuration on an interface.
PAGE 1098
13 Dell# … … L2ACL 1 400 200 Allowed (2) threshold Specify the minimum and maximum threshold values for the configured WRED profiles. Syntax threshold min number max number max-drop-drop To remove the threshold values, use the no threshold min number max number command. Parameters min number Enter the keyword min then the minimum threshold number for the WRED profile. The range is from 1 to 9360. max number Enter the keyword max then the maximum threshold number for the WRED profile.
PAGE 1099
Related Commands • wred-profile — creates a WRED profile. trust Specify dynamic classification (DSCP) or dot1p to trust. Syntax Parameters trust {diffserv [fallback]| dot1p [fallback]} diffserv Enter the keyword diffserv to specify trust of DSCP markings. dot1p Enter the keyword dot1p to specify trust dot1p configuration. fallback Enter the keyword fallback to classify packets according to their DSCP or dot1p value as a secondary option in case no match occurs against the configured class maps.
PAGE 1100
DSCP/CP hex Range (XXX) DSCP Definition 110XXX Traditional IP Precedence S6000 Internal S-Series Queue ID Internal Queue ID DSCP/CP Decimal Internetwork Control 6 3 48–63 101XXX EF (Expedited Forwarding) CRITIC/ECP 5 2 32–47 100XXX AF4 (Assured Forwarding) Flash Override 4 2 32–47 011XXX AF3 Flash 3 1 16–31 010XXX AF2 Immediate 2 1 16–31 001XXX AF1 Priority 1 0 0–15 000XXX BE (Best Effort) Best Effort 0 0 0–15 wred Designate the WRED profile to yellow or green tr
PAGE 1101
Usage Information To assign drop precedence to green or yellow traffic, use this command. If there is no honoring enabled on the input, all the traffic defaults to green drop precedence. Related Commands • • wred-profile — creates a WRED profile and name that profile. trust — defines the dynamic classification to trust DSCP. wred ecn To indicate network congestion, rather than dropping packets, use explicit congestion notification (ECN).
PAGE 1102
wred-profile Create a WRED profile and name the profile. Syntax wred-profile wred-profile-name To remove an existing WRED profile, use the no wred-profile command. Parameters wred-profile-name Enter your WRED profile name in character format (32 character maximum). Or use one of the pre-defined WRED profile names. You can configure up to 26 WRED profiles plus the five pre-defined profiles, for a total of 31 WRED profiles. Pre-defined Profiles: wred_drop, wred-ge_y, wred_ge_g, wred_teng_y, wred_teng_g.
PAGE 1103
Parameters Yellow Enter the yellow keyword. Traffic marked as yellow delivers traffic to the egress queue which either transmits the packet if it has available bandwidth or drops the packet due to no ability to send. Red Enter the red keyword. Traffic marked as red is dropped. dscp-list Enter a list of IP DSCP values. The dscp-list parameter specifies the full list of IP DSCP value(s) for the specified color.
PAGE 1104
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL.
PAGE 1105
Example The following example assigns the color map, bat-enclave-map, to interface gi 1/11. Dell(conf)# int gi 1/11 Dell(conf-if-gi-1/11)# qos dscp-color-policy bat-enclave-map Related Commands • • dscp— sets the number of specific DSCP values for color map profile to yellow or red. qos dscp-color-map— configures the DSCP color map. show qos dscp-color-policy Display DSCP color policy configuration for one or all interfaces.
PAGE 1106
Related Commands • show qos dscp-color-map — displays DSCP color maps. show qos dscp-color-map Display the DSCP color map for one or all interfaces. Syntax show qos dscp-color-map map-name Parameters map-name Enter the name of the color map. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.8(2.
PAGE 1107
46 Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Routing information protocol (RIP) is a distance vector routing protocol. The Dell Networking OS supports both RIP version 1 (RIPv1) and RIP version 2 (RIPv2) on the platform. The Dell Networking OS implementation of RIP is based on IETF RFCs 2453 and RFC 1058. For more information about configuring RIP, see the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 1108
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.
PAGE 1109
debug ip rip Examine RIP routing information for troubleshooting. Syntax debug ip rip [interface | database | events [interface] | trigger] To turn off debugging output, use the no debug ip rip command. Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface type and ID as one of the following: • • • • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1110
Parameters always (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword always to enable the switch software to always advertise the default route. metric metric- value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number as the metric value. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 1. route-map map- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of a configured route-map. name Defaults Disabled. Metric: 1. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1111
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1112
distance Assign a weight (for prioritization) to all routes in the RIP routing table or to a specific route. Lower weights (“administrative distance”) are preferred. Syntax distance weight [ip-address mask [prefix-name]] To return to the default values, use the no distance weight [ip-address mask] command. Parameters weight Enter a number from 1 to 255 for the weight (for prioritization). The default is 120. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address, in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.
PAGE 1113
• • • • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1114
connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to filter only directly connected routes. isis (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword isis to filter only IS-IS routes. ospf (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ospf to filter all OSPF routes. static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to filter manually configured routes. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1115
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • ip split-horizon — sets the RIP routing updates to exclude routing prefixes.
PAGE 1116
Related Commands • • ip rip send version — sets the RIP version for sending RIP traffic on an interface. version — sets the RIP version the switch software uses. ip rip send version To send a specific version of RIP, set the interface. The version you set on the interface overrides the version command in ROUTER RIP mode. Syntax ip rip send version [1] [2] To return to the default value, use the no ip rip send version command. Parameters 1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 1 for RIP version 1.
PAGE 1117
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1118
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information RIP supports a maximum of 16 ECMP paths. neighbor Define a neighbor router with which to exchange RIP information. Syntax neighbor ip-address To delete a neighbor setting, use the no neighbor ip-address command.
PAGE 1119
network Enable RIP for a specified network. To enable RIP on all networks connected to the switch, use this command. Syntax network ip-address To disable RIP for a network, use the no network ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Specify an IP network address in dotted decimal format. You cannot specify a subnet. Defaults No RIP network is configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1120
• • • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1121
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.
PAGE 1122
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Although the passive interface does not send or receive routing updates, the network on that interface still includes in RIP updates sent using other interfaces.
PAGE 1123
Related Commands • default-information originate — generates a default route for RIP traffic. redistribute isis Redistribute routing information from an IS-IS instance. Syntax redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters tag (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the IS-IS routing process.
PAGE 1124
Parameters process-id Enter a number that corresponds to the OSPF process ID to redistribute. The range is from 1 to 65355. match external {1 | (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match external then the numbers 1 or 2 to 2} indicated that external 1 routes or external 2 routes should be redistributed. match internal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match internal to indicate that internal routes should be redistributed.
PAGE 1125
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1126
Example Dell(conf-router_rip)# show config ! router rip network 172.31.0.0 passive-interface GigabitEthernet 1/1 Dell(conf-router_rip)# show ip rip database Display the routes that RIP learns. If the switch learned no RIP routes, no output is generated. Syntax show ip rip database [ip-address mask] Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Specify an IP address in dotted decimal format to view RIP information on that network only. If you enter an IP address, also enter a mask for that IP address.
PAGE 1127
Example Dell# show ip rip database Total number of routes in RIP database: 1624 204.250.54.0/24 [50/1] via 192.14.1.3, 00:00:12, GigabitEthernet 1/15 204.250.54.0/24 auto-summary 203.250.49.0/24 [50/1] via 192.13.1.3, 00:00:12, GigabitEthernet 1/14 203.250.49.0/24 auto-summary 210.250.40.0/24 [50/2] via 1.1.18.2, 00:00:14, Vlan 18 [50/2] via 1.1.130.2, 00:00:12, Port-channel 30 210.250.40.0/24 auto-summary 207.250.53.0/24 [50/2] via 1.1.120.2, 00:00:55, Port-channel 20 [50/2] via 1.1.130.
PAGE 1128
distribute-list Test21 out network 10.0.0.0 passive-interface GigabitEthernet 2/1 neighbor 20.20.20.20 redistribute ospf 999 version 2 Dell# timers basic Manipulate the RIP timers for routing updates, invalid, holddown times, and flush time. Syntax timers basic update invalid holddown flush To return to the default settings, use the no timers basic command. Parameters update Enter the number of seconds to specify the rate at which RIP routing updates are sent. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295.
PAGE 1129
Version Description pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If you change the timers on one router, also synchronize the timers on all routers in the RIP domain. version Specify either RIP version 1 or RIP version 2. Syntax version {1 | 2} To return to the default version setting, use the no version command. Parameters 1 Enter the keyword 1 to specify RIP version 1. 2 Enter the keyword 2 to specify RIP version 2.
PAGE 1130
47 Remote Monitoring (RMON) The Dell Networking OS remote monitoring (RMON) is implemented on the platform. Dell Networking OS RMON is based on IEEE standards, providing both 32-bit and 64-bit monitoring and long-term statistics collection.
PAGE 1131
variable Enter the MIB object to monitor. The variable must be in the SNMP OID format; for example, 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3. The object type must be a 32-bit integer. interval Time, in seconds, the alarm monitors the MIB variables; this is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. The range is from 5 to 3600 seconds. delta Enter the keyword delta to test the change between MIB variables. This is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table.
PAGE 1132
To remove a specified RMON history group of statistics collection, use the no rmon collection history {controlEntry integer} command. Parameters controlEntry integer Enter the keyword controlEntry to specify the RMON group of statistics using a value. Then enter an integer value from 1 to 65535 that identifies the RMON group of statistics. The integer value must be a unique index in the RMON history table.
PAGE 1133
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION INTERFACE (config-if) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1134
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon hc-alarm Set an alarm on any MIB object.
PAGE 1135
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.
PAGE 1136
ether statistics table: 8 entries, 4608 bytes ether history table: 8 entries, 6000 bytes alarm table: 390 entries, 102960 bytes high-capacity alarm table: 5 entries, 1680 bytes event table: 500 entries, 206000 bytes log table: 2 entries, 552 bytes Dell# show rmon alarms Display the contents of the RMON alarm table. Syntax show rmon alarms [index] [brief] Parameters index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry.
PAGE 1137
Example (Brief) Dell# show rmon alarm br index SNMP OID -------------------------1 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 2 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 3 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 4 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 5 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 6 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 7 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 8 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 9 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 10 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 11 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 12 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 13 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 14 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 15 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 16 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 17 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 18 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 19 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 20 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 21 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 22 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.
PAGE 1138
Example (Index) Example (Brief) 1138 Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf)# rmon event 111 -> Dell(conf)# rmon event 112 log -> Dell(conf)# rmon event 113 trap private -> Dell(conf)# rmon event 114 log trap public-> Dell(conf)#do show rmon events RMON event entry 111 description: event type: none. event community: event last time sent: none event owner: event status: OK RMON event entry 112 description: event type: LOG.
PAGE 1139
show rmon hc-alarm Display the contents of RMON High-Capacity alarm table. Syntax Parameters show rmon hc-alarm [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON High-Capacity alarm table in an easy-to-read format. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1140
4 5 Dell# 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 show rmon history Display the contents of the RMON Ethernet history table. Syntax show rmon history [index] [brief] Parameters index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON Ethernet history table in an easy-to-read format Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1141
9001 134529054 9002 134529054 9003 134791198 9004 134791198 Dell# GigabitEthernet GigabitEthernet GigabitEthernet GigabitEthernet 3/2 3/2 3/1 3/1 show rmon log Display the contents of the RMON log table. Syntax Parameters show rmon log [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON log table in an easy-to-read format.
PAGE 1142
show rmon statistics Display the contents of RMON Ethernet statistics table. Syntax show rmon statistics [index] [brief] Parameters index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON Ethernet statistics table in an easy-to-read format. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1143
HC bytes received overflow: 0 HC bytes received: 0 HC 64bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 64bytes packets: 0 HC 65-127 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 65-127 bytes packets: 0 HC 128-255 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 128-255 bytes packets: 0 HC 256-511 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 256-511 bytes packets: 0 HC 512-1023 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 512-1023 bytes packets: 0 HC 1024-1518 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 1024-1518 bytes packets: 0 Dell# Example (Brief) Dell# show rmon statistics br index ifIndex interface --
PAGE 1144
48 Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) The Dell Networking OS implementation of rapid spanning tree protocol (RSTP) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning-tree protocol. The RSTP algorithm configures connectivity throughout a bridged local area network (LAN) that is comprised of LANs interconnected by bridges. Dell Networking OS supports RSTP.
PAGE 1145
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters rapid spanning tree mode. debug spanning-tree rstp Enable debugging of RSTP and view information on the protocol. Syntax debug spanning-tree rstp [all | bpdu interface {in | out} | events] To disable debugging, use the no debug spanning-tree rstp command.
PAGE 1146
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell# debug spanning-tree rstp bpdu gigabitethernet 2/1 ? in Receive (in) out Transmit (out) description Enter a description of the rapid spanning tree. Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the rapid spanning tree (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes SPANNING TREE (The prompt is “config-rstp”.
PAGE 1147
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.
PAGE 1148
Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • • hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. max-age — changes the wait time before RSTP refreshes the protocol configuration information. hello-time Set the time interval between the generation of the RSTP bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). Syntax hello-time [milli-second] seconds To return to the default value, use the no hello-time command.
PAGE 1149
max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the RSTP bridge. Syntax max-age seconds To return to the default values, use the no max-age command. Parameters max-age Enter a number of seconds the Dell Networking OS waits before refreshing configuration information. The range is from 6 to 40 seconds. The default is 20 seconds.
PAGE 1150
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information RSTP is not enabled when you enter RSTP mode.
PAGE 1151
protocol spanning-tree rstp no disable bridge-priority 16384 show spanning-tree rstp Display the RSTP configuration. Syntax Parameters show spanning-tree rstp [brief] [guard] brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the RSTP configuration information. guard (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on an RSTP interface and the current port state. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1152
Root ID Priority 8192, Address 0001.e805.e306 Root Bridge hello time 4, max age 20, forward delay 15 Bridge ID Priority 16384, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 Interface Designated Name PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Bridge ID PortID ---------- ------- --- ------- -------------------- -------Gi 4/2 128.418 128 20000 FWD 20000 16384 0001.e801.6aa8 128.418 Gi 4/1 128.419 128 20000 FWD 20000 16384 0001.e801.6aa8 128.419 Gi 4/8 128.426 128 20000 FWD 20000 8192 0001.e805.
PAGE 1153
spanning-tree rstp Configure an RSTP interface with one of these settings: port cost, edge port with optional bridge port data unit (BPDU) guard, port priority, loop guard, or root guard. Syntax Parameters spanning-tree rstp {cost port-cost | edge-port [bpduguard [shutdown-onviolation]] | priority priority | {loopguard | rootguard}} cost port-cost Enter the keyword cost then the port cost value. The range is from 1 to 200000.
PAGE 1154
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced the hardware shutdown-on-violation options. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the optional bridge port data unit (BPDU) guard. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The BPDU guard option prevents the port from participating in an active STP topology in case a BPDU appears on a port unintentionally, or is misconfigured, or is subject to a DOS attack.
PAGE 1155
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1156
49 Software-Defined Networking (SDN) 1156 Software-Defined Networking (SDN)
PAGE 1157
50 Security The commands in this chapter are available on Dell Networking OS. For configuration details, see the Security section in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. NOTE: Dell Networking OS implements LEAP with MSCHAP v2 supplicant. Topics: • • • • • • • • • • AAA Accounting Commands Authorization and Privilege Commands Obscure Password Commands Authentication and Password Commands RADIUS Commands TACACS+ Commands Port Authentication (802.
PAGE 1158
wait-start Enter the keywords wait-start to ensure that the TACACS+ security server acknowledges the start notice before granting the user’s process request. stop-only Enter the keywords stop-only to instruct the TACACS+ security server to send a “stop record accounting” notice at the end of the requested user process. tacacs+ Enter the keyword tacacs+ to use TACACS+ data for accounting. The Dell Networking OS currently only supports TACACS+ accounting.
PAGE 1159
commands {level | Enter the keywords commands level to apply an EXEC and CONFIGURATION level role role-name} accounting method list or enter the keyword role and then the role name for accounting of commands executed by a user with that user role. method-list Enter a method list that you defined using the aaa accounting exec or aaa accounting commands. Defaults none Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1160
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4280T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1161
Dell(conf)# exit Dell(conf)# aaa radius group group1 show accounting Display the active accounting sessions for each online user. Syntax show accounting Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1162
Authorization and Privilege Commands To set command line authorization and privilege levels, use the following commands. authorization Apply an authorization method list to terminal lines. Syntax authorization {exec | commands {level | role role-name}} method-list Parameters exec Enter the keyword exec to apply an EXEC level authorization method list.
PAGE 1163
Undo a configuration with the no aaa authorization commands {level | role role-name} {name|default} {local | tacacs+ | none} command. Parameters commands level Enter the keyword commands then the command privilege level for command level authorization. role role-name Enter the keyword role then the role name. name Define a name for the list of authorization methods. default Define the default list of authorization methods.
PAGE 1164
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1165
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Added support for RADIUS. privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) Change the access or privilege level of one or more commands. Syntax privilege mode {level level command | reset command} To delete access to a level and command, use the no privilege mode level level command command.
PAGE 1166
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To define a password for the level to which you are assigning privilege or access, use the enable password command. privilege level (LINE mode) Change the access level for users on the terminal lines. Syntax privilege level level To delete access to a terminal line, use the no privilege level level command.
PAGE 1167
Enable the obscuring of passwords and keys, including RADIUS, TACACS+ keys, router authentication strings, VRRP authentication, use the service obscure-passwords command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1168
• • • • ... method2 line: use the password the password command defines in LINE mode. none: no authentication. radius: use the RADIUS servers configured with the radius-server host command. tacacs+: use the TACACS+ server(s) configured with the tacacs-server host command. (OPTIONAL) In the event of a “no response” from the first method, Dell Networking OS applies the next configured method. Defaults Use the enable password.
PAGE 1169
To return to the default setting, use the no aaa authentication login {method-list-name | default} command. Parameters method-list-name Enter a text string (up to 16 characters long) as the name of a user-configured method list that can be applied to different lines. default Enter the keyword default to specify that the method list specified is the default method for all terminal lines. method Enter one of the following methods: • • • • • • ...
PAGE 1170
method. If the user’s name is not listed in the local database, the next method is applied. If the correct user name/ password combination is not entered, the user is not allowed access to the switch. NOTE: If authentication fails using the primary method, Dell Networking OS employs the second method (or third method, if necessary) automatically. For example, if the TACACS+ server is reachable, but the server key is invalid, Dell Networking OS proceeds to the next authentication method.
PAGE 1171
enable password Change the password for the enable command. Syntax enable password [level level] [encryption-type] password To delete a password, use the no enable password [encryption-type] password [level level] command. Parameters level level (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level then a number as the level of access. The range is from 1 to 15. encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 7 or 0 as the encryption type. Enter a 7 then a text string as the hidden password.
PAGE 1172
enable sha256-password Configure SHA-256 based password for the enable command. Syntax enable sha256-password [level level] [encryption-type] password To delete a password, use the no enable sha256-password [encryption-type] password [level level] command. Parameters sha256-password Enter the keyword sha256-password then the encryption-type or the password. level level (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level then a number as the level of access. The range is from 1 to 15.
PAGE 1173
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Only Dell Networking Technical Support staff use this command. enable secret Change the password for the enable command.
PAGE 1174
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To control access to command modes, use this command to define a password for a level and use the privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) command. Passwords must meet the following criteria: • • Start with a letter, not a number. Passwords can have a regular expression as the password.
PAGE 1175
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If you configure the aaa authentication login default command, the login authentication default command automatically is applied to all terminal lines.
PAGE 1176
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Dell Networking OS prompts users for these passwords when the method for authentication or authorization used is "line". Related Commands • • • • • • enable password — sets the password for the enable command. login authentication — configures an authentication method to log in to the switch.
PAGE 1177
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced lockout-period option on the Z9500. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1178
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information CAUTION: Encrypting passwords with this command does not provide a high level of security. When the passwords are encrypted, you cannot return them to plain text unless you re-configure them.
PAGE 1179
Dell# show privilege Current privilege level is 14. Dell# Dell# show privilege Current privilege level is 10. Dell# Related Commands • privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) — assign access control to different command modes. show users Allows you to view information on all users logged in to the switch. Syntax Parameters show users [all] all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all terminal lines in the switch. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1180
Example Related Commands Dell# show users Authorization Mode: role or privilege Line User Host(s) Location * 0 console 0 2 vty 0 admin idle 10.16.127.35 3 vty 1 ad idle 10.16.127.145 4 vty 2 ad1 idle 10.16.127.141 5 vty 3 ad1 idle 10.16.127.145 6 vty 4 admin idle 10.16.127.141 7 vty 5 ad idle 10.16.127.141 Dell# • Role unassigned unassigned Priv 1 1 unassigned idle 15 sysadmin 1 sysadmin 1 unassigned unassigned 1 15 username — enables a user.
PAGE 1181
Usage Information The software measures the period of inactivity defined in this command as the period between consecutive keystrokes. For example, if your password is “password” you can enter “p” and wait 29 seconds to enter the next letter. username Establish an authentication system based on user names.
PAGE 1182
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added support for the secret option and the MD5 password encryption. Extended the name from 25 to 63 characters. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1183
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip radius source-interface Specify an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for RADIUS connections. Syntax ip radius source-interface interface To delete a source interface, use the no ip radius source-interface command.
PAGE 1184
radius-server deadtime Configure a time interval during which non-responsive RADIUS servers to authentication requests are skipped. Syntax radius-server deadtime seconds To disable this function or return to the default value, use the no radius-server deadtime command. Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds during which non-responsive RADIUS servers are skipped. The range is from 0 to 2147483647 seconds. The default is 0 seconds.
PAGE 1185
Version Description 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Example Related Commands Dell(conf)# radius-server group group1 Dell(conf-radius-group)# radius-server host 1.1.1.1 key secret Dell(conf-radius-group)# radius-server host 2.2.2.2 key secret Dell(conf-radius-group)# radius-server vrf vrf1 source-interface gigabitethernet 1/36 Dell(conf-radius-group)# show config ! radius-server group group1 radius-server vrf vrf1 source-interface gigabitEthernet 1/36 radius-server host 1.1.1.
PAGE 1186
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Authentication key length increased to 42 characters. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1187
To delete the association between a RADIUS server group and a VRF and source interface, use the no radiusserver vrf vrf-name [source-interface interface] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to associate a RADIUS server group with that VRF. interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1188
radius-server key Configure a key for all RADIUS communications between the switch and the RADIUS host server. Syntax radius-server key [encryption-type] key To delete a password, use the no radius-server key command. Parameters encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter either zero (0) or 7 as the encryption type for the key entered. The options are: • • key 0 is the default and means the key is not encrypted and stored as clear text. 7 means that the key is encrypted and hidden.
PAGE 1189
Parameters retries Enter a number of attempts that the Dell OS tries to locate a RADIUS server. The range is from zero (0) to 100. The default is 3 retries. Defaults 3 retries Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1190
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • radius-server host — configure a RADIUS host. TACACS+ Commands Dell Networking OS supports TACACS+ as an alternate method for login authentication.
PAGE 1191
Related Commands • • aaa authentication login — specifies the login authentication method. tacacs-server key — configures a TACACS+ key for the TACACS server. debug tacacs+ To assist with troubleshooting, view TACACS+ transactions. Syntax debug tacacs+ To disable debugging of TACACS+, use the no debug tacacs+ command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1192
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1193
Dell(conf-tacacs-group)# tacacs-server vrf vrf1 source-interface gigabitethernet 1/40 Dell(conf-tacacs-group)# show config ! tacacs-server group group1 tacacs-server vrf vrf1 source-interface GigabitEthernet 1/40 tacacs-server host 1.1.1.1 key 7 9a2f3ec0c65c6f41 tacacs-server host 2.2.2.2 key 7 9a2f3ec0c65c6f41 Dell(conf-tacacs-group)# Related Commands • • aaa authentication login — specifies the login authentication method. tacacs-server key — configures a TACACS+ key for the TACACS server.
PAGE 1194
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To list multiple TACACS+ servers to be used by the aaa authentication login command, configure this command multiple times. If you are not configuring the switch as a TACACS+ server, you do not need to configure the port, timeout and key optional parameters. If you do not configure a key, the key assigned in the tacacs-server key command is used.
PAGE 1195
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Authentication key length increased to 42 characters. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The key configured with this command must match the key configured on the TACACS+ daemon.
PAGE 1196
Usage Information You can use this command to associate a group of TACACS servers with a VRF and source interface. You can configure the source interface only with the VRF attribute and source interface is optional with the VRF attributes. If VRF is not configured on the TACACS group, then the group is considered to be on the default VRF. RADIUS groups and VRFs have one-to-one mapping. If a VRF is configured with one RADIUS group, then you cannot use the same VRF with another RADIUS group.
PAGE 1197
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1198
dot1x auth-fail-vlan Configure an authentication failure VLAN for users and devices that fail 802.1X authentication. Syntax dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlan-id [max-attempts number] To delete the authentication failure VLAN, use the no dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlan-id [maxattempts number] command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. max-attempts (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords max-attempts then number of attempts desired before authentication fails. The range is from 1 to 5.
PAGE 1199
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1200
If the host fails authentication for the designated number of times, the authenticator places the port in authentication failed VLAN (dot1x auth-fail-vlan). NOTE: The layer 3 portion of guest VLAN and authentication fail VLANs can be created regardless if the VLAN is assigned to an interface or not. After an interface is assigned a guest VLAN (which has an IP address), routing through the guest VLAN is the same as any other traffic. However, the interface may join/leave a VLAN dynamically.
PAGE 1201
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1202
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The authenticator performs authentication only when port-control is set to auto. dot1x quiet-period Set the number of seconds that the authenticator remains quiet after a failed authentication with a client. Syntax dot1x quiet-period seconds To disable quiet time, use the no dot1x quiet-time command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds.
PAGE 1203
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1204
dot1x server-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the server time-out. Syntax dot1x server-timeout seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x server-timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant. The default is 30. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1205
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x tx-period Configure the intervals at which EAPOL PDUs are transmitted by the Authenticator PAE.
PAGE 1206
• • • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1207
802.
PAGE 1208
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Added support for FIPS mode on the S4810. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1209
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL debug ip ssh Enables collecting SSH debug information. Syntax debug ip ssh {client | server} To disable debugging, use the no debug ip ssh {client | server} command. Parameters client Enter the keyword client to enable collecting debug information on the client.
PAGE 1210
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1211
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command specifies the maximum number of attempts to authenticate a user on an SSH connection with the remote host for password authentication. SSH disconnects when the number of password failures exceeds authentication-retries. ip ssh cipher Configure the list of ciphers supported on both SSH client and SCP.
PAGE 1212
ip ssh connection-rate-limit Configure the maximum number of incoming SSH connections per minute. Syntax ip ssh connection-rate-limit 1-10 Parameters 1-10 Enter the number of maximum numbers of incoming SSH connections allowed per minute. The range is from 1 to 10 per minute. The default is 10 per minute. Defaults 10 per minute Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1213
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If you enable this command, clients can log in without a password prompt.
PAGE 1214
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The server-generated key is used for SSHv1 key-exchange. ip ssh password-authentication Enable password authentication for the SSH server. Syntax ip ssh password-authentication enable To disable password-authentication, use the no ip ssh password-authentication enable command. Parameters enable Enter the keyword enable to enable password-authentication for the SSH server.
PAGE 1215
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1216
When FIPS mode is disabled: • • • • • Defaults hmac-sha2-256 hmac-sha1 hmac-sha1–96 hmac-md5 hmac-md5-96 The default list of MAC algorithm is in the order as shown below: When FIPS mode is enabled: • • • hmac-sha2–256 hmac-sha1 hmac-sha1–96 When FIPS mode is disabled: • • • • • hmac-sha2-256 hmac-sha1 hmac-sha1–96 hmac-md5 hmac-md5-96 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1217
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL ip ssh rhostsfile Specify the rhost file used for host-based authorization. Syntax Parameters ip ssh rhostsfile {WORD} WORD Enter the rhost file name for the host-based authentication.
PAGE 1218
NOTE: For rhostfile and pub-key-file, the administrator must FTP the file to the switch. ip ssh rsa-authentication (Config) Enable RSA authentication for the SSHv2 server. Syntax ip ssh rsa-authentication enable To disable RSA authentication, use the no ip ssh rsa-authentication enable command. Parameters enable Enter the keyword enable to enable RSA authentication for the SSHv2 server. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1219
ciphers cipher-list Enter the keyword ciphers and then a space-delimited list of ciphers that the SSH server supports. The following ciphers are available. • • • • • • • 3des-cbc aes128-cbc aes192-cbc aes256-cbc aes128-ctr aes192-ctr aes256-ctr The default cipher list is used.
PAGE 1220
NOTE: If you enable FIPS mode, you can only select version 2. Defaults • • • Default listening port is 22. Default cipher list is 3des-cbc,aes128-cbc,aes192-cbc,aes256-cbc,aes128-ctr,aes192-ctr,aes256-ctr. When FIPS is enabled, the default is hmac-sha1-96. • When FIPS is not enabled, the default is hmac-md5,hmac-md5-96,hmac-sha1,hmac-sha1-96,hmac-sha2-256. • When FIPS is enabled, the default is diffie-hellman-group14-sha1.
PAGE 1221
ip ssh server vrf Configure an SSH server on either a specific VRF or a management VRF. Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative. ip ssh server vrf {management | vrf-name} To disable the SSH server configuration, use the no ip ssh server vrf {management | vrf-name} command.
PAGE 1222
• • • • • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. For a Null interface, enter the keyword null then the Null interface number. For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1223
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. Usage Information If you configure a VRF for an SSH session, then you need not explicitly mention the same VRF for the SSH client sessions intended for that VRF. The vrf attribute in the ip ssh vrf command is applicable for both the SSH client as well as the COPY (SCP) commands.
PAGE 1224
Usage Information This command is useful if the remote SSH client implements Strict Host Key Checking. You can copy the host key to your list of known hosts.
PAGE 1225
SSH server vrf : default. SSH server ciphers : aes256-ctr, aes256-cbc, aes192-ctr, aes192-cbc, aes128-ctr, aes128-cbc, 3des-cbc. SSH server macs : hmac-sha2-256, hmac-sha1, hmac-sha1-96, hmacmd5, hmac-md5-96. SSH server kex algorithms : diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1,diffiehellman-group1-sha1,diffie-hellman-group14-sha1. Password Authentication : enabled. Hostbased Authentication : disabled. RSA Authentication : disabled. Vty Encryption HMAC Remote IP 2 aes128-cbc hmac-md5 10.16.127.
PAGE 1226
nux-1.force10networks.com 10.16.151.48 ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAIEAu5NoTbmnLxBknaeXZmUJMupNwNUoGlo1/ yLPI5eehQTyaldRPHtGyPlcmMbCH +QJkqtyiwDPmH4njyDMYDCXY85vc55ibWsN9qalagklnh2cj2q4nYj5x8+8OOhYeFPaHiygd8U/ FXict61jWs84Co1UTsAgRzDJ9aUSS75TVac= Dell# Related Commands • ip ssh pub-key-file — configures the filename for the host-based authentication. show ip ssh rsa-authentication Display the authorized-keys for the RSA authentication.
PAGE 1227
ssh Open an SSH connection specifying the hostname, username, encryption cipher, HMAC algorithm, port number, and version of the SSH client. Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative.
PAGE 1228
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Removed the support for hmac-sha2-256-96 algorithm. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1229
Secure DHCP Commands DHCP as defined by RFC 2131 provides no authentication or security mechanisms. Secure DHCP is a suite of features that protects networks that use dynamic address allocation from spoofing and attacks. clear ip dhcp snooping Clear the DHCP binding table. Syntax clear ip dhcp snooping binding Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1230
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping Enable DHCP Snooping globally. Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 1231
Parameters mac address Enter the keyword mac then the MAC address of the host to which the server is leasing the IP address. vlan-id vlan-id Enter the keywords vlan-id then the VLAN to which the host belongs. The range is from 2 to 4094. ip ip-address Enter the keyword ip then the IP address that the server is leasing. interface type Enter the keyword interface then the type of interface to which the host is connected.
PAGE 1232
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1233
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1234
Parameters name Enter the name of a VLAN on which to enable DHCP Snooping. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1235
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. • clear ip dhcp snooping — clear the contents of the DHCP binding table. Role-Based Access Control Commands With Role-Based Access Control (RBAC), access and authorization is controlled based on a user’s role. Users are granted permissions based on their user roles, not on their individual user ID.
PAGE 1236
1. Locally define a system administrator user role.This will give you access to login with full permissions even if network connectivity to remote authentication servers is not available. 2. Configure login authentication on the console. This ensures that all users are properly identified through authentication no matter the access point 3. Specify an authentication method (RADIUS, TACACS+, or Local). 4. Specify authorization method (RADIUS, TACACS+ or Local). 5.
PAGE 1237
role Changes command permissions for roles. Syntax role mode { { { addrole | deleterole } role-name } | reset } command To delete access to a command, use the no role mode role-name Parameters mode Enter one of the following keywords as the mode for which you are controlling access: configure for CONFIGURATION mode exec for EXEC mode interface for INTERFACE modes line for LINE mode route-map for Route-map mode router for Router mode addrole Enter the keyword addrole to add permission to the command.
PAGE 1238
• • • • • • configure exec interface line route-map router Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1239
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL.
PAGE 1240
Usage Information Instead of using the system defined user roles, you can create a new user role that best matches your organization. When you create a new user role, you first inherit permissions from one of the system defined roles. Otherwise you would have to create a user role from scratch. You then restrict commands or add commands to that role. For information about this topic, See Modifying Command Permissions for Roles.
PAGE 1241
51 Service Provider Bridging Service provider bridging is composed of virtual local area network (VLAN) Stacking, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling, and Provider Backbone Bridging as described in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide Service Provider Bridging section. This section includes command line information (CLI) for the Dell Networking OS Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT). L2PT enables protocols to tunnel through an 802.1q tunnel. Dell Networking OS supports L2PT on Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 1242
count value Enter the keyword count then the number of debug outputs. The range is from 1 to 100. Defaults Debug disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.
PAGE 1243
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.1 Added support for 802.1X, E-LMI, GMRP, GVRP, LLDP, LACP, MMRP, MVRP, and OAM 802.3ah protocol traffic to the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series, and E-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1244
protocol-tunnel enable Enable protocol tunneling globally on the system. Syntax protocol-tunnel enable To disable protocol tunneling, use the no protocol-tunnel enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1245
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. Maximum rate limit on E-Series reduced from 4000 to 3000. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1246
Version Description 7.4.1.
PAGE 1247
52 sFlow The Dell Networking OS supports sFlow commands. The Dell Networking OS sFlow monitoring system includes an sFlow Agent and an sFlow Collector. • • The sFlow Agent combines the flow samples and interface counters into sFlow datagrams and forwards them to the sFlow Collector. The sFlow Collector analyses the sFlow Datagrams received from the different devices and produces a network-wide view of traffic flows.
PAGE 1248
To delete a configured collector, use the no sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] [vrf management] command. Parameters sflow collector ipaddress | ipv6- address Enter the IP address of the collector in dotted decimal format for IPv4 or x:x:x:x::x format for IPv6. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 1249
The sFlow agent address is carried in a field in SFlow packets and is used by the collector to identify the sFlow agent. In sFlow, the agent address is a single invariant IPv4 or IPv6 address used to identify the agent to the collector. It is usually assigned the address of a loopback interface on the agent, which provides invariance. The agent address is carried as a field in the payload of the sFlow packets.
PAGE 1250
sflow ingress-enable Enable sFlow ingress on interfaces. Syntax sflow ingress-enable To disable sFlow, use the no sflow ingress enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1251
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1252
To return to the default, use the no sflow polling-interval interval command. Parameters interval value Enter the interval value in seconds. The range is from 15 to 86400 seconds. The default is 20 seconds. Defaults 20 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
PAGE 1253
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.
PAGE 1254
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Sample-rate is the average number of packets skipped before the sample is taken. This command changes the global default sampling rate.
PAGE 1255
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command changes the sampling rate for an interface. By default, the sampling rate of an interface is set to the same value as the current global default sampling rate. If the value entered is not a correct power of 2, the command generates an error message with the previous and next power-of-2 value. Select one of these two number and re-enter the command.
PAGE 1256
Usage Information The dropEvent counter (sFlow samples dropped due to sub-sampling) shown in the following example always displays a value of zero. Example Dell#show sflow sFlow services are enabled Egress Management Interface sFlow services are disabled Global default sampling rate: 32768 Global default counter polling interval: 20 Global default extended maximum header size: 128 bytes Global extended information enabled: none 1 collectors configured Collector IP addr: 100.1.1.1, Agent IP addr: 1.1.1.
PAGE 1257
53 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and Syslog This section contains commands to configure and monitor the simple network management protocol (SNMP) v1/v2/v3 and Syslog. Both features are supported on Dell Networking OS. Topics: • • SNMP Commands Syslog Commands SNMP Commands The following SNMP commands are available in the Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 1258
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1259
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Example Related Commands Dell# show snmp engineID Local SNMP engineID: 0000178B02000001E80214A8 Remote Engine ID IP-addr Port 80001F88043132333435 172.
PAGE 1260
Usage Information The following Example displays a group named ngroup. The ngroup has a security model of version 3 (v3) with authentication (auth), the read and notify name is nview with no write view name specified, and finally the row status is active.
PAGE 1261
snmp ifmib ifalias long Display the entire description string through the Interface MIB, which would be truncated otherwise to 63 characters. Syntax snmp ifmib ifalias long Defaults Interface description truncated beyond 63 characters. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.
PAGE 1262
To remove access to a community, use the no snmp-server community community-string {ro | rw} [security-name name [access-list-name | ipv6 access-list-name | accesslist-name ipv6 access-list-name]] command. Parameters community-name Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) to act as a password for SNMP. ro Enter the keyword ro to specify read-only permission. rw Enter the keyword rw to specify read-write permission.
PAGE 1263
of the three sub-options as a sub-option, and so forth. The second Example shows the creation of a standard IPv4 ACL called snmp-ro-acl and then assigning it to the SNMP community guest. NOTE: For IPv6 ACLs, only IPv6 and UDP types are valid for SNMP; TCP and ICMP rules are not valid for SNMP. In IPv6 ACLs, port rules are not valid for SNMP.
PAGE 1264
Version Description E-Series legacy command snmp-server enable traps Enable SNMP traps. Syntax snmp-server enable traps [notification-type] [notification-option] To disable traps, use the no snmp-server enable traps [notification-type] [notificationoption] command. Parameters notification-type Enter the type of notification from the following list: • • • • • • • • • • • • bgp — Notification of changes in the BGP process. config — Notification of changes to the startup or running configuration.
PAGE 1265
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the following two SNMP notification options: syslog-reachable and syslog-unreachable. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.1(0.0) Added support for copy-config and ECMP traps. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1266
Defaults As above. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.
PAGE 1267
1 | 2c | 3 (OPTIONAL) Enter the security model version number (1, 2c, or 3): • • • 1 is the least secure version. 3 is the most secure of the security modes. 2c allows transmission of informs and counter 64, which allows for integers twice the width of what is normally allowed. The default is 1. auth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword auth to specify authentication of a packet without encryption. noauth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword noauth to specify no authentication of a packet.
PAGE 1268
Version Description E-Series legacy command Usage Information The following example specifies the group named harig as a version 3 user requiring both authentication and encryption and read access limited to the read named rview. NOTE: The number of configurable groups is limited to 16 groups. Example Related Commands Dell# conf Dell(conf)# snmp-server group harig 3 priv read rview Dell# • • show snmp group — displays the group name, security model, view status, and storage type of each group.
PAGE 1269
priv (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword priv to specify both authentication and then scrambling of the packet. community-string Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) as the name of the SNMP community. NOTE: For version 1 and version 2c security models, this string represents the name of the SNMP community. The string can be set using this command; however, Dell Networking OS recommends setting the community string using the snmp-server community command before executing this command.
PAGE 1270
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Added support for VRRP traps. 7.6.1.0 Added support for STP and xSTP notification types. Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information To configure the router to send SNMP notifications, enter at least one snmp-server host command. If you enter the command with no keywords, all trap types are enabled for the host.
PAGE 1271
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1272
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command snmp-server trap-source Configure a specific interface as the source for SNMP traffic. Syntax snmp-server trap-source interface To disable sending traps out a specific interface, use the no snmp trap-source command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1273
Related Commands • snmp-server community — sets the community string. snmp-server user Configure a new user to an SNMP group.
PAGE 1274
priv password (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) password that enables the host to encrypt the contents of the message it sends to the agent. Minimum: eight characters long. access accesslist-name (Optional) Enter the standard IPv4 access list name (a string up to 16 characters long). ipv6 access-listname (Optional) Enter the keyword ipv6 then the IPv6 access list name (a string up to 16 characters long).
PAGE 1275
Example Dell#conf Dell(conf)# snmp-server user authuser v3group v3 auth md5 authpasswd Usage Information The following command configures a remote user named n3user with a v3 security model and a security level of authNOPriv. Example Related Commands Dell#conf Dell(conf)# snmp-server user n3user ngroup remote 172.31.1.3 udp-port 5009 3 auth md5 authpasswd • show snmp user — displays the information configured on each SNMP user name.
PAGE 1276
Usage Information To enable robust, effective protection and security for SNMP packets transferred between the server and the client, you can use the snmp-server user username group groupname 3 auth authentication-type auth-password priv aes128 priv-password to specify that AES128-CFB encryption algorithm needs to be used. You cannot modify the FIPS mode if SNMPv3 users are already configured and present in the system.
PAGE 1277
Usage Information The oid-tree variable is a full sub-tree starting from 1.3.6 and cannot specify the name of a sub-tree or a MIB. The following Example configures a view named rview that allows access to all objects under 1.3.6.1. Example Related Commands Dell# conf Dell#(conf) snmp-server view rview 1.3.6.1 included • show running-config snmp — displays the SNMP running configuration. snmp-server vrf Configures an SNMP agent to bind to a specific VRF.
PAGE 1278
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1279
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands • show logging — display logging settings and system messages in the internal buffer. clear logging auditlog Clears audit log. Syntax clear logging auditlog Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1280
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1281
Related Commands • logging console — set the logging console parameters. default logging monitor Return to the default settings for messages logged to the terminal. Syntax default logging monitor Defaults level = 7 or debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.
PAGE 1282
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1283
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Added udp and tcp keywords for the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added udp and tcp keywords for the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1284
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.
PAGE 1285
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands • • • clear logging — clears the logging buffer.
PAGE 1286
Examples Related Commands Dell(conf)#logging extended • • show logging auditlog — display the audit log. clear logging auditlog— clear the audit log. logging facility Configure the Syslog facility used for error messages sent to Syslog servers. Syntax logging facility [facility-type] To return to the default values, use the no logging facility command.
PAGE 1287
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands • • logging — enables logging to a Syslog server logging on — enables logging.
PAGE 1288
Version Description E-Series legacy command Usage Information When you configure the snmp-server trap-source command, the system messages logged to the history table are also sent to the SNMP network management station. Related Commands • show logging — displays information logged to the history buffer. logging history size Specify the number of messages stored in the Dell Networking logging history table.
PAGE 1289
logging monitor Specify which messages are logged to Telnet applications. Syntax logging monitor [level] To disable logging to terminal connections, use the no logging monitor command. Parameters level Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following parameters: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging. The default is 7 or debugging. Defaults 7 or debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1290
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1291
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1292
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1293
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series, S55. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information To block a type of message parameter, set the logging trap level to a lower number. For example, to block severity messages at level 6, set the level to 5.
PAGE 1294
show logging Display the logging settings and system messages logged to the internal buffer of the switch. Syntax show logging [number | history [reverse][number] | reverse [number] | summary] Parameters number (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of messages displayed in the output. The range is from 1 to 65535. history (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword history to view only information in the Syslog history table.
PAGE 1295
Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: 1.1.10.
PAGE 1296
show logging driverlog stack-unit Display the driver log for the specified hardware component. Syntax show logging driverlog stack-unit stack-unit-number Parameters stack-unit stack- unit-number Enter the keywords stack-unit followed by the stack member ID of the switch for which you want to display the driver log. defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1297
10:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 55]EEPROM LIB ERR: f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom: Redundant block failed errcode 6 Usage Information This command displays internal software driver information, which may be useful during troubleshooting switch initialization errors, such as a downed Port-Pipe. terminal monitor Configure the Dell Networking OS to display messages on the monitor/terminal. Syntax terminal monitor To return to default settings, use the terminal no monitor command. defaults Disabled.
PAGE 1298
54 SNMP Traps This section lists the traps sent by the Dell Networking OS. Each trap is listed by the fields Message ID, Trap Type, and Trap Option. Table 4. SNMP Trap List Message ID Trap Type Trap Option COLD_START SNMP COLDSTART WARM_START SNMP WARMSTART COPY_CONFIG_COMPLETE SNMP NONE SNMP LINKDOWN SNMP LINKUP SNMP AUTH EGP_NEIGHBOR_LOSS SNMP NONE OSTATE_DOWN SNMP LINKDOWN SNMP LINKUP SNMP NONE SNMP NONE %SNMP-5-SNMP_COLD_START: SNMP COLD_START trap sent.
PAGE 1299
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option SNMP NONE SNMP NONE SNMP NONE SNMP NONE SNMP NONE NONE NONE CHM_CARD_PROBLEM ENVMON NONE CHM_ALARM_CUTOFF ENVMON NONE CHM_SFM_UP ENVMON NONE CHM_SFM_DOWN ENVMON NONE CHM_RPM_UP ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE %RPM0-P:CP %SNMP-4RMON_FALLING_THRESHOLD: RMON falling threshold alarm from SNMP OID RMON_HC_RISHING_THRESHOLD %RPM0-P:CP %SNMP-4RMON_HC_RISING_THRESHOLD: RMON high-capacity rising threshold alarm from SNMP OID RMON_HC_F
PAGE 1300
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP %RAM-5-FAST_FAILOVER: RPM Failover Completed CHM_SFM_ADD %TSM-5-SFM_DISCOVERY: Found SFM 1 CHM_SFM_REMOVE %TSM-5-SFM_REMOVE: Removed SFM 1 CHM_MAJ_SFM_DOWN %CHMGR-0-MAJOR_SFM: Major alarm: Switch fabric down CHM_MAJ_SFM_DOWN_CLR %CHMGR-5-MAJOR_SFM_CLR: Major alarm cle
PAGE 1301
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON NONE %CHMRG-5-MINOR_TEMP_CLR: Minor alarm cleared: chassis temperature normal (%s %d temperature is within threshold of %dC) CHM_MAJ_ALRM_TEMP %CHMGR-2-MAJOR_TEMP: Major alarm: chassis temperature high (%s temperature reaches or exceeds threshold of %dC) CHM_MAJ_ALRM_TEMP_CLR %CHMGR-2-MAJOR_TEMP_CLR: Major alarm cleared: chassis temperature lower (%s %d temperature is within threshold
PAGE 1302
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE %TME-2-TASK SUSPENDED: SUSPENDED - svce:%d - inst:%d task:%s TME_TASK_TERM %TME-2ABNORMAL_TASK_TERMINATION: CRASH - task:%s %s CHM_CPU_THRESHOLD %CHMGR-5-CPU_THRESHOLD: Cpu %s usage above threshold. Cpu5SecUsage (%d) CHM_CPU_THRESHOLD_CLR %CHMGR-5-CPU_THRESHOLD_CLR: Cpu %s usage drops below threshold.
PAGE 1303
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE %VRRP-6-VRRP_MASTER: vrid-%d on %s entering MASTER VRRP_PROTOCOL_ERROR VRRP_PROTOERR: VRRP protocol error on %S BGP4_ESTABLISHED %TRAP-5-PEER_ESTABLISHED: Neighbor %a, state %s BGP4_BACKW_XSITION %TRAP-5-BACKWARD_STATE_TRANS: Neighbor %a, state %s SNMP Traps 1303
PAGE 1304
55 Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) The commands in this section configure and monitor the IEEE 802.1d spanning tree protocol (STP) and are supported on the Dell Networking switch/routing platform. Topics: • • • • • • • • • • • • bridge-priority bpdu-destination-mac-address debug spanning-tree description disable forward-delay hello-time max-age protocol spanning-tree show config show spanning-tree 0 spanning-tree bridge-priority Set the bridge priority of the switch in an IEEE 802.1D spanning tree.
PAGE 1305
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. bpdu-destination-mac-address Use the Provider Bridge Group address in Spanning Tree or GVRP PDUs. Syntax Parameters bpdu-destination-mac-address [stp | gvrp] provider-bridge-group xstp Force STP, RSTP, and MSTP to use the Provider Bridge Group address as the destination MAC address in its BPDUs.
PAGE 1306
bpdu (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bpdu to debug bridge protocol data units. config (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword config to debug configuration information. events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword events to debug STP events. general (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword general to debug general STP operations. root (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword root to debug STP root transactions. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1307
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced • protocol spanning-tree — enter SPANNING TREE mode on the switch.
PAGE 1308
forward-delay The amount of time the interface waits in the Listening state and the Learning state before transitioning to the Forwarding state. Syntax forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, use the no forward-delay command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds the Dell Networking OS waits before transitioning STP to the Forwarding state. The range is from 4 to 30. The default is 15 seconds.
PAGE 1309
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1310
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • • forward-delay — changes the wait time before STP transitions to the Forwarding state. hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. protocol spanning-tree To enable and configure the spanning tree group, enter SPANNING TREE mode.
PAGE 1311
show config Display the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values display. Syntax show config Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1312
• • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. root (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword root to display configuration information on the spanning tree group root. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to only the number of ports in the spanning tree group and their state.
PAGE 1313
Field Description • • • • Example hello time topology change notification aging “Port 1...” Displays the Interface type slot/port information and the status of the interface (Disabled or Enabled). “Port path...” Displays the path cost, priority, and identifier for the interface. “Designated root...” Displays the priority and MAC address of the root bridge of the STG that the interface belongs. “Designated port...” Displays the designated port ID.
PAGE 1314
Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 Bridge ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e800.0a56 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 Interface Designated Name PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Bridge ID PortID -------------- ------ ---- ---- --- ----- -----------------Gi 1/1 8.26 8 4 FWD 0 32768 0001.e800.0a56 8.26 Gi 1/2 8.27 8 4 FWD 0 32768 0001.e800.0a56 8.27 Gi 1/3 8.28 8 4 FWD 0 32768 0001.e800.0a56 8.
PAGE 1315
Enter the optional keyword shutdown-on-violation to hardware disable an interface when a BPDU is received and the port is disabled. priority priority Enter keyword priority then a number as the priority. The range is from zero (0) to 15. The default is 8. Defaults cost = depends on the interface type; priority = 8 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1316
• If no BPDU is received from a remote device, loop guard places the port in a Loop-Inconsistent Blocking state and no traffic is forwarded on the port. To display the type of STP guard (Portfast BPDU, root, or loop guard) enabled on a port, enter the show spanning-tree 0 command.
PAGE 1317
56 Stacking All commands in this chapter are specific to the Dell Networking OS. You can use the commands to pre-configure a switch, so that the configuration settings are invoked when the switch is attached to other S-Series units. For information about using the S-Series stacking feature, see the Stacking S-Series Switches section in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 1318
Usage Information Enabling this command keeps the failed switch in the Failed state. The switch does not reboot until it is manually rebooted. When enabled, it is not displayed in the running-config. When disabled, it is displayed in the runningconfig. Related Commands show redundancy — displays the current redundancy status. redundancy force-failover stack-unit Force the standby unit in the stack to become the management unit.
PAGE 1319
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Added the members option. reset stack-unit Reset any designated stack member except the management unit (master unit). Syntax Parameters reset stack-unit stack—unit—number hard stack-unit Enter the stack-unit number. The range is from 1 to 12.
PAGE 1320
Related Commands • reload – reboots Dell Networking OS. show redundancy Display the current redundancy configuration (status of automatic reboot configuration on stack management unit). Syntax show redundancy Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.10(0.0) Increased the stacking range to 12 units in S3100 series.
PAGE 1321
Failover Count: Last failover timestamp: Last failover Reason: Last failover type: 0 None None None -- Last Data Block Sync Record: ------------------------------------------------stack-unit Config: succeeded Feb 25 2016 SSMGR: succeeded Feb 25 2016 Start-up Config: succeeded Feb 25 2016 Runtime Event Log: succeeded Feb 25 2016 Running Config: succeeded Feb 25 2016 ACL Mgr: succeeded Feb 25 2016 LACP: no block sync done STP: no block sync done SPAN: no block sync done CRYPTOMGR: succeeded Feb 25 2016 Dell
PAGE 1322
Example Example (Status) Example (Topology) 1322 Stacking Dell#show system stack-ports Topology: Ring Interface Connection Link Speed Admin Link (Gb/s) Status Status --------------------------------------------------------1/29 2/29 10 up up 1/30 3/29 10 up up 2/29 1/29 10 up up 2/30 4/54 10 up up 3/29 1/30 10 up up 3/30 7/29 10 up up 4/53 5/54 10 up up 4/54 2/30 10 up up 5/53 12/54 10 up up 5/54 4/53 10 up up 6/53 11/30 10 up up 6/54 12/53 10 up up 7/29 3/30 10 up up 7/30 8/29 10 up up 8/29 7/30 10 up
PAGE 1323
2/29 2/30 3/29 3/30 4/53 4/54 5/53 5/54 6/53 6/54 7/29 7/30 8/29 8/30 9/29 9/30 10/53 10/54 11/29 11/30 12/53 12/54 Dell# Related Commands • • • 1/29 4/54 1/30 7/29 5/54 2/30 12/54 4/53 11/30 12/53 3/30 8/29 7/30 9/29 8/30 10/54 11/29 9/30 10/53 6/53 6/54 5/53 reset stack-unit – resets the designated stack member. show hardware stack-unit – displays the data plane or management plane input and output statistics of the designated component of the designated stack member.
PAGE 1324
stack-unit provision Preconfigure a logical stacking ID of a switch that joins the stack. This is an optional command that is executed on the management unit. Syntax stack-unit [stack-number] provision {model-identifier} Parameters stack-number Enter a stack member identifier of the switch that you want to add to the stack. model-identifier Enter the model identifier of the switch to be added as a stack member. This identifier is also referred to as the provision type.
PAGE 1325
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information To reboot using the new image, use the upgrade boot system stack-unit command. Related Commands • • • • reload — reboots Dell Networking OS. reset stack-unit — resets the designated stack member.
PAGE 1326
57 Storm Control The Dell Networking OS storm control feature allows you to limit or suppress traffic during a traffic storm (Broadcast/Unknown Unicast Rate Limiting or Multicast on the C-Series and S-Series). Storm control is supported on Dell Networking OS. Important Points to Remember • • • • • • • • Interface commands can only be applied on physical interfaces (virtual local area networks [VLANs] and link aggregation group [LAG] interfaces are not supported).
PAGE 1327
• • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.
PAGE 1328
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1329
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1330
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-MUX (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Added the percentage decimal value option. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1331
Version Description 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Added the percentage decimal value option. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. storm-control multicast (Configuration) Configure the packets per second (pps) of multicast traffic allowed into the C-Series and S-Series networks only. Syntax storm-control multicast packets_per_second in To disable storm-control for multicast traffic into the network, use the no storm-control multicast packets_per_second in command.
PAGE 1332
Parameters packets_per_seco Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. The range is nd in from 0 to 33554368. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
PAGE 1333
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Added the percentage decimal value option. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Unknown Unicast Storm-Control is valid for Layer 2 and Layer 2/Layer 3 interfaces.
PAGE 1334
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Added the percentage decimal value option. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1335
58 SupportAssist SupportAssist sends troubleshooting data securely to Dell. SupportAssist in this Dell Networking OS release does not support automated email notification at the time of hardware fault alert, automatic case creation, automatic part dispatch, or reports. SupportAssist requires Dell Networking OS 9.9(0.0) and SmartScripts 9.7 or later to be installed on the Dell Networking device. For more information on SmartScripts, see Dell Networking Open Automation guide.
PAGE 1336
• Example If there is an existing SupportAssist configuration, the configuration is not removed and the feature is disabled. Dell(conf)# eula-consent support-assist accept I accept the terms of the license agreement. You can reject the license agreement by configuring this command 'eula-consent support-assist reject'. By installing SupportAssist, you allow Dell to save your contact information (e.g.
PAGE 1337
Usage Information If you reject the EULA, the data is not transmitted to the SupportAssist server. Related Commands • eula-consent — accept or reject the EULA. support-assist activate Enable the SupportAssist service. Syntax support-assist activate Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 1338
Parameters activity-name Enter one of the following keywords: • Enter the keywords full-transfer to specify transfer of configuration, inventory, logs, and other information. Command Modes SUPPORTASSIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.
PAGE 1339
last-name Enter the last name for the contact person. To include a space, enter a space within double quotes. Command Modes SUPPORTASSIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL.
PAGE 1340
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. Usage Information The server-name is used as a reference only and is not required to be used as part of a URL definition.
PAGE 1341
local-file-name Enter the name of the local action-manifest file. Allowable characters are: a to z, A to Z, 0 to 9, -, _, and space. Defaults Default Command Modes SUPPORTASSIST ACTIVITY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.
PAGE 1342
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. • • • action-manifest get — copy an action-manifest file for an activity to the system.
PAGE 1343
postalcode | (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword postalcode or zipcode then the postal code or zip zipcode company- code for the company site, as one string with no spaces. code Command Modes SUPPORTASSIST COMPANY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.
PAGE 1344
Parameters company-territory Enter the territory name for the company. To include a space, enter a space within double quotes. Command Modes SUPPORTASSIST COMPANY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.
PAGE 1345
alternate phone Enter the keyword alternate then the alternate phone number for the person. Command Modes SUPPORTASSIST PERSON Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL.
PAGE 1346
stop-time HH:MM Enter the keywords stop-time then a stopping time expressed as HH:MM. Use the 24hour clock format. Command Modes SUPPORTASSIST PERSON Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL.
PAGE 1347
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. Usage Information The passwords are stored encrypted in the running configuration. enable Enable communication with the SupportAssist server. Syntax enable To disable communication to a specific SupportAssist server, use the no enable command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes SUPPORTASSIST SERVER Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1348
show eula-consent Display the EULA for the feature. Syntax show eula-consent {support-assist | other feature} Parameters support-assist | other feature Enter the keywords support-assist or the text corresponding to other feature. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 1349
have appropriate authority to provide this consent on behalf of that entity. If you do not consent to the collection, transmission and/or use of the Collected Data, you may not download, install or otherwise use SupportAssist. Dell# show running-config Display the current configuration and changes from the default values. Syntax Parameters show running-config support-assist support-assist Enter the keyword support-assist to view the detailed configuration for the feature.
PAGE 1350
Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. Dell# show support-assist status SupportAssist Service: Installed EULA: Accepted Server: default Enabled: Yes URL: https://stor.g3.ph.dell.com Service status: Enabled Server: chennai Enabled: Yes URL: http://10.16.148.
PAGE 1351
59 System Time and Date The commands in this section configure time values on the system, either using the Dell Networking OS, or the hardware, or using the network time protocol (NTP). With NTP, the switch can act only as a client to an NTP clock host. For more information, see “Network Time Protocol” of the Management section in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 1352
end-time Enter the time in hours:minutes. For the hour variable, use the 24-hour format; example, 17:15 is 5:15 pm. end-year Enter a four-digit number as the year. The range is from 1993 to 2035. offset (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes to add during the summer-time period. The range is from 1 to1440. The default is 60 minutes. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1353
start-day Enter the name of the day that you want daylight saving time to begin. Use English three letter abbreviations; for example, Sun, Sat, Mon, and so on. The range is from Sun to Sat. start-month Enter the name of one of the 12 months in English. start-time Enter the time in hours:minutes. For the hour variable, use the 24-hour format; example, 17:15 is 5:15 pm.
PAGE 1354
clock timezone Configure a timezone for the switch. Syntax clock timezone timezone-name offset To delete a timezone configuration, use the no clock timezone command. Parameters timezone-name Enter the name of the timezone. You cannot use spaces. offset Enter one of the following: • • a number from 1 to 23 as the number of hours in addition to universal time coordinated (UTC) for the timezone. a minus sign (-) then a number from 1 to 23 as the number of hours. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1355
authentication Enter the keyword authentication to display information on NTP authentication transactions. events Enter the keyword events to display information on NTP events. loopfilter Enter the keyword loopfilter to display information on NTP local clock frequency. packets Enter the keyword packets to display information on NTP packets. select Enter the keyword select to display information on the NTP clock selection.
PAGE 1356
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You also must configure an authentication key for NTP traffic using the ntp authentication-key command.
PAGE 1357
Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information After configuring the ntp authentication-key command, configure the ntp trusted-key command to complete NTP authentication. Dell Networking OS versions 8.2.1.0 and later use an encryption algorithm to store the authentication key that is different from previous Dell Networking OS versions; beginning in version 8.2.1.
PAGE 1358
To re-enable NTP on an interface, use the no ntp disable command. Defaults Disabled (that is, if you configure an NTP host, all interfaces receive NTP packets) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1359
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6 multicast addresses. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ntp master Configure the switch as NTP Server. Syntax Parameters ntp master ntp master Enter the stratum number to identify the NTP Server's hierarchy. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1360
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3038–ON, S4048-ON, S3100 Series, S4810P, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, S6100–ON, Z9500, and Z9100–ON. Usage Information The ntp offset-threshold command does not time synchronization. Example Dell(config)# ntp offset-threshold 4 ntp server Configure an NTP time-serving host.
PAGE 1361
Usage Information You can configure multiple time-serving hosts. From these time-serving hosts, the Dell Networking OS chooses one NTP host with which to synchronize. To determine which server is selected, use the show ntp associations command. Because many polls to NTP hosts can affect network performance, Dell Networking recommends limiting the number of hosts configured. By default, the system performs a time synchronization if the time difference from the time source is greater than one second.
PAGE 1362
ntp trusted-key Set a key to authenticate the system to which NTP synchronizes. Syntax ntp trusted-key number To delete the key, use the no ntp trusted-key number command. Parameters number Enter a number as the trusted key ID. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1363
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell#show clock 11:05:56.
PAGE 1364
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ntp associations command shown in the Example below. Field Description (none) One or more of the following symbols could be displayed: • • • • • remote Displays the remote IP address of the NTP peer.
PAGE 1365
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.6(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Added IPv6 support. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1366
Field Description “Clock is...” States whether or not the switch clock is synchronized, which NTP stratum the system is assigned and the IP address of the NTP peer. “frequency is...” Displays the frequency (in ppm), stability (in ppm) and precision (in Hertz) of the clock in this system. “reference time is...” Displays the reference time stamp. “clock offset is...” Displays the system offset to the synchronized peer and the time delay on the path to the NTP root clock. “root dispersion is...
PAGE 1367
60 Tunneling Tunneling is supported on Dell Networking OS. Topics: • • • • • • • • • • ip unnumbered ipv6 unnumbered tunnel allow-remote tunnel destination tunnel dscp tunnel flow-label tunnel hop-limit tunnel keepalive tunnel-mode tunnel source ip unnumbered Configure a tunnel interface to operate without a unique IPv4 address and select the interface from which the tunnel borrows its address.
PAGE 1368
To ping the unnumbered tunnels, the logical address route information must be present at both the ends. NOTE: The ip unnumbered command can specify an interface name that does not exist or does not have a configured IPv6 address. The tunnel interface is not changed to operationally up until the logical IP address is identified from one of the address family.
PAGE 1369
To delete a configured allow-remote entry use the no tunnel allow-remote command. Any specified address/mask values must match an existing entry for the delete to succeed. If the address and mask are not specified, this command deletes all allow-remote entries. Parameters ip-address Enter the source IPv4 address in A.B.C.D format. ipv6–address Enter the source IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D to match a range of remote addresses.
PAGE 1370
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000 and Z9000. Usage Information The tunnel interface is inoperable without a valid tunnel destination address for the configured Tunnel mode.
PAGE 1371
A value of 0 copies original packet DSCP (IPv4)/Traffic Class (IPv6) to the tunnel header DSCP (IPv4)/Traffic Class (IPv6) depending on the mode of tunnel. tunnel flow-label Configure the method to set the IPv6 flow label value in the outer tunnel header. Syntax tunnel flow-label value To return to the default value of 0, use the no tunnel flow-label value command. Parameters value Enter a value to set the IPv6 flow label value in the tunnel header. The range is from 0 to 1048575.
PAGE 1372
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, S4810, S4820T, Z9000. Usage Information A value of 0 copies the inner packet hop limit (ipv6) or time-to-live (ipv4) in the encapsulated packet to the tunnel header hop limit (ipv6) or time-to-live (ipv4) value. tunnel keepalive Configure the tunnel keepalive target, interval and attempts.
PAGE 1373
into a keepalive down state that does not clear in a few seconds, then performing shutdown - no shutdown sequence on one end should bring both ends back to up. tunnel-mode Enable a tunnel interface. . Syntax tunnel mode {ipip | ipv6 | ipv6ip}[decapsulate-any] To disable an active tunnel interface, use the no tunnel mode command. Parameters ipip Enable tunnel in RFC 2003 mode and encapsulate IPv4 and/or IPv6 datagrams inside an IPv4 tunnel.
PAGE 1374
ipv6–address Enter the source IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format. interface-typenumber • • • anylocal For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. For a port-channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then the portchannel ID. Enter the anylocal command to allow the multipoint receive-only tunnel to decapsulate tunnel packets destined to any local ip address.
PAGE 1375
61 Uplink Failure Detection (UFD) Uplink failure detection (UFD) provides detection of the loss of upstream connectivity and, if you use this with NIC teaming, automatic recovery from a failed link.
PAGE 1376
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. • • downstream — assigns a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface. uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links. debug uplink-state-group Enable debug messages for events related to a specified uplink-state group or all groups.
PAGE 1377
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 1378
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. Usage Information You can assign physical port or port-channel interfaces to an uplink-state group. You can assign an interface to only one uplink-state group. Configure each interface assigned to an uplink-state group as either an upstream or downstream interface, but not both. You can assign individual member ports of a port channel to the group.
PAGE 1379
Defaults No downstream links are disabled when an upstream link in an uplink-state group goes down. Command Modes UPLINK-STATE-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.
PAGE 1380
show running-config uplink-state-group Display the current configuration of one or more uplink-state groups. Syntax show running-config uplink-state-group [group-id] Parameters group-id Displays the current configuration of all uplink-state groups or a specified group. The valid group-id values are from 1 to 16. Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1381
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1382
uplink-state-group Create an uplink-state group and enable the tracking of upstream links on a switch or router. Syntax uplink-state-group group-id To delete an uplink-state group, enter the no uplink-state-group group-id command. Parameters group-id Enter the ID number of an uplink-state group. The range is from 1 to 16. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1383
• • • 1 Gigabit Ethernet: gigabitethernet {slot/port | slot/port-range} 10 Gigabit Ethernet: tengigabitethernet {slot/port | slot/portrange} Port channel: port-channel {1–128 | port-channel-range} Where port-range and port-channel-range specify a range of ports separated by a dash (-) and/or individual ports/port channels in any order; for example: gigabitethernet 1/1-2,5,9,11-12 port-channel 1-3,5. A comma is required to separate each port and port-range entry.
PAGE 1384
62 VLAN Stacking With the virtual local area network (VLAN)-stacking feature (also called stackable VLANs and QinQ), you can “stack” VLANs into one tunnel and switch them through the network transparently. The Dell Networking OS supports this feature. For more information about basic VLAN commands, see the Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands section in Layer 2.
PAGE 1385
• Red: Lowest priority packets that are always dropped (regardless of congestion status). Defaults Disabled; Packets with an unmapped DEI value are colored green. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1386
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information Enable DEI before using this command. member Assign a stackable VLAN access or trunk port to a VLAN. The VLAN must contain the vlan-stack compatible command in its configuration.
PAGE 1387
stack-unit stack-group Configure a stacking group specified by an ID. Syntax [no] stack-unit unit-id stack-group stack-group-id To remove the current stack group configuration, use the no stack-unit unit-id stack-group stack-id command. Parameters unit-id Enter the stack unit ID. stack-group-id Enter the stack group ID. The range is from 0 to 16. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1388
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 1389
Usage Information Prior to disabling the stackable VLAN feature, remove the members. To view the stackable VLANs, use the show vlan command in EXEC Privilege mode. Stackable VLANs contain members, designated by the M in the Q column of the command output. If you enabled VRF, you cannot enable the stacked VLAN feature using this command. If you enabled IGMP snooping, you cannot enable the stacked VLAN feature using this command.
PAGE 1390
Usage Information You can separate the C-Tag values by commas or dashed ranges. In the case of conflicts, dynamic mode CoS overrides any Layer 2 QoS configuration. vlan-stack protocol-type Define the stackable VLAN tag protocol identifier (TPID) for the outer VLAN tag (also called the VMAN tag). If you do not configure this command, the Dell Networking OS assigns the value 0x9100. Syntax vlan-stack protocol-type number Parameters number Enter the hexadecimal number as the stackable VLAN tag.
PAGE 1391
vlan-stack trunk Specify a Layer 2 port or port channel as a trunk port to the stackable VLAN network. Syntax vlan-stack trunk To remove a trunk port designation from the selected interface, use the no vlan-stack trunk command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.
PAGE 1392
no shutdown Dell(conf-if-gi-1/42)# interface vlan 100 Dell(conf-if-vl-100)# vlan-stack compatible Dell(conf-if-vl-100-stack)# member gigabitethernet 1/42 Dell(conf-if-vl-100-stack)# show config ! interface Vlan 100 no ip address vlan-stack compatible member GigabitEthernet 1/42 shutdown Dell(conf-if-vl-100-stack)# interface vlan 20 Dell(conf-if-vl-20)# tagged gigabitethernet 1/42 Dell(conf-if-vl-20)# show config ! interface Vlan 20 no ip address tagged GigabitEthernet 1/42 shutdown Dell(conf-if-vl-20)# do s
PAGE 1393
63 Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) Virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) allows multiple instances of a routing table to coexist on the same router at the same time. Topics: • • • • • • • • • • • • • ip vrf description ip vrf forwarding ip route-export ip route-import ipv6 route-export ipv6 route-import match source-protocol redistribute interface management maximum dynamic-routes show ip vrf show run vrf ip vrf Create or delete a customer VRF.
PAGE 1394
description Specify a name for a customer VRF. Syntax description string To delete the descriptive name for a customer VRF, use the no description string command. Parameters string Enter a descriptive name for the VRF. Defaults None. Command Modes VRF MODE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.
PAGE 1395
Usage Information You can attach an interface to either a nondefault VRF or a management VRF. To assign a port-back to a default VRF, remove the VRF association from the interface. You can use this only if there is no IP address configured on the interface. There must be no prior Layer 3 configuration on the interface when configuring VRF. You must enable VRF before using this command.
PAGE 1396
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9500. Usage Information To export all the routes corresponding to a source VRF, you can use the ip route-export tag command without specifying the route-map attribute.
PAGE 1397
Usage Information It is possible to configure multiple import conditions per VRF depending on the exporting VRF. The export-target and import-target support only the match protocol and match prefix-list options. Other options that are configured in the route-maps are ignored. Related Commands • ip route-export – exports routes to another VRF. ipv6 route-export Enables route leaking between VRFs. This command exports or shares IPv6 routes corresponding to one VRF with other nondefault VRFs.
PAGE 1398
ipv6 route-import Imports IPv6 routes that another VRF leaks using the tag that VRF specifies during export of these routes. Syntax ipv6 route-import tag [route-map-name] Parameters route-import Enter the keywords route-import to import IPv6 routes into the VRF. tag Enter a tag (ASN number) to specify an import route target for importing routes from another VRF. To import leaked routes from another VRF, use the same ASN number that is specified as the export route target at the source VRF.
PAGE 1399
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9500.
PAGE 1400
interface management Associates a management port with a management VRF. Syntax interface management To delete the association between a management port and a management VRF, use the no interface management command. Command Modes VRF MODE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series.
PAGE 1401
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S–Series. Usage Information If you do not specify the maximum route limit for a VRF, the VRF has unlimited space that extends to the maximum number of entries allowed for the system.
PAGE 1402
Dell# show ip vrf test1 VRF-Name test1 VRF-ID Interfaces 1 Gi 1/14,16-17 show run vrf Displays configuration information corresponding to all the VRFs in the system. Syntax show run vrf vrf-name Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.
PAGE 1403
64 VLT Proxy Gateway The virtual link trucking (VLT) proxy gateway feature allows a VLT domain to locally terminate and route L3 packets that are destined to a Layer 3 (L3) end point in another VLT domain. Enable the VLT proxy gateway using the link layer discover protocol (LLDP) method or the static configuration. For more information, see the Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1404
proxy-gateway static Enables the proxy-gateway feature using static configurations. Syntax [no] proxy-gateway static Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1405
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. Usage Information You can configure the MAC address of a VLT peer in a remote VLT domain to associate with the static VLT proxy gateway and exclude a VLAN, or a range of VLANs, from proxy routing.
PAGE 1406
Usage Information You must configure the VLT port channel interface which is connecting to the remote VLT domain as peerdomain-link. You can also configure the VLANs you want to exclude from the VLT proxy gateway. Example Dell(conf)#vlt-domain 1 Dell(conf-vlt-domain)#proxy-gateway lldp Dell(conf-vlt-domain-proxy-gw-lldp)#peer-domain-link port-channel 20 excludevlan 3 proxy-gateway peer-timeout Enables the VLT node to timeout the transmission of the peer MAC address when the VLT peer is down.
PAGE 1407
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. Usage Information This command enables the device to transmit its VLT peer MAC address along with its own MAC address to the remote VLT domain.
PAGE 1408
When more than one VLT port-channel terminates on the same ToR, the show VLT proxy-gateway info lldp command output may show the port-channel ID incorrectly.
PAGE 1409
65 Virtual Link Trunking (VLT) Virtual link trunking (VLT) allows physical links between two chassis to appear as a single virtual link to the network core. VLT eliminates the requirement for Spanning Tree protocols by allowing link aggregation group (LAG) terminations on two separate distribution or core switches, and by supporting a loop-free topology.
PAGE 1410
back-up destination Configure the IPv4 or IPv6 address of the management interface on the remote VLT peer used as the VLT backup link endpoint for sending out-of-band (OOB) hello messages. Syntax back-up destination {[ipv4–address] | [ipv6 ipv6–address] [interval seconds]} Parameters ipv4–address Enter the IPv4 address of the backup destination. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 then an IPv6 address in the X:X:X:X::X format.
PAGE 1411
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.2(0.2) Added multicast and ndp parameters. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.
PAGE 1412
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S8420T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information To delay the system from bringing up the VLT port for a brief period to allow IGMP snooping and Layer 3 routing protocols to converge, use the delay-restore command.
PAGE 1413
Parameters vlt Force all VLT LACP members to become switchports. port-channel Force all LACP port-channel members to become switchports. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.
PAGE 1414
Command Modes VLT DOMAIN (conf-vlt-domain) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.
PAGE 1415
Version Description 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information To configure the VLAN from where the VLT peer forwards packets received over the VLTi from an adjacent VLT peer that is down, use the peer-down-vlan option. When a VLT peer with bare metal provisioning (BMP) is booting up, it sends untagged DHCP discover packets to its peer over the VLTi. To ensure that the DHCP discover packets are forwarded to the VLAN that has the DHCP server, use this configuration.
PAGE 1416
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for default value on the S-Series and Z-Series. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added the support for IPV6 / IPV4. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 1417
If the primary peer fails, the secondary peer (with the higher priority) takes the primary role. If the primary peer (with the lower priority) later comes back online, it is assigned the secondary role (there is no preemption). show vlt brief Displays summarized status information about VLT domains configured on the switch. Syntax show vlt brief Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1418
Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1419
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information If you do not add a parameter such as arp or mac, the output displays all the counters.
PAGE 1420
show vlt detail Displays detailed status information about VLT domains configured on the switch. Syntax show vlt detail Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1421
Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Dell#show vlt inconsistency ip mroute Spanned Multicast Routing IIF Inconsistency Multicast Route LocalIIF -----------------------(22.22.22.200, 225.1.1.2) VLAN 5 (*, 225.1.1.2) VLAN 15 Dell# PeerIIF --------VLAN 6 gi 1/5 show vlt mismatch Display mismatches in VLT parameters. Syntax show vlt mismatch Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1422
Dell# Example for Q-inQ implementation over VLT Dell#show vlt Domain -----Parameters ---------PB for stp mismatch Local ----Enabled Peer ---Disabled Vlan-type-config ---------------Codes:: P - Primary, C - Community, I - Isolated, N - Normal vlan, M - Vlanstack Vlan-ID ------- Local ----- 100 Peer ---- N M Port-type-config ---------------Codes:: p - PVLAN Promiscuous port, h - PVLAN Host port, t - PVLAN Trunk port, mt - Vlan-stack trunk port, mu - Vlan-stack access port, n - Normal port Vlt Lag --
PAGE 1423
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1424
Related Commands Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Added parameters multicast and ndp 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added support in the output for ARP, MAC, and IGMP snooping. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1425
Route update pkts rcvd from Peer: 0 VLT NDP Statistics -------------------NDP NA VLT Tunnel Pkts sent:16 NDP NA VLT Tunnel Pkts Rcvd:46 NDP NA Non-VLT Tunnel Pkts sent:0 NDP NA Non-VLT Tunnel Pkts Rcvd:0 Ndp-sync Pkts Sent:144 Ndp-sync Pkts Rcvd:105 Ndp Reg Request sent:25 Ndp Reg Request rcvd:24 show vlt statistics igmp-snoop Displays the informational packets and IGMP control PDUs that are exchanged between VLT peer nodes. Syntax show vlt statistics igmp-snoop Default Not configured.
PAGE 1426
Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.0.
PAGE 1427
Usage Information When you create a VLT domain on a switch, the Dell Networking OS automatically assigns a unique unit ID (0 or 1) to each peer switch. The unit IDs are used for internal system operations. To explicitly configure the unit ID of a VLT peer, use the unit-id command. Configure a different unit ID (0 or 1) on each peer switch. This command minimizes the time required for the VLT system to determine the unit ID assigned to each peer switch when one peer reboots.
PAGE 1428
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
PAGE 1429
50(C) 60 (I) T T Virtual Link Trunking (VLT) 1429
PAGE 1430
66 Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) Virtual router redundancy protocol (VRRP) is supported by the Dell Networking OS. Topics: • • IPv4 VRRP Commands IPv6 VRRP Commands IPv4 VRRP Commands The following are IPv4 VRRP commands. advertise-interval Set the time interval between VRRP advertisements. Syntax advertise-interval {seconds | centisecs centisecs } To return to the default settings, use the no advertise-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds.
PAGE 1431
Usage Information Dell Networking recommends keeping the default setting for this command. If you do change the time interval between VRRP advertisements on one router, change it on all routers. authentication-type Enable authentication of VRRP data exchanges. Syntax authentication-type simple [encryption-type] password To delete an authentication type and password, use the no authentication-type command. Parameters simple Enter the keyword simple to specify simple authentication.
PAGE 1432
Parameters vrrp-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of the VRRP group ID to clear the group’s counters. The range is from 1 to 255. ipv6 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 to clear counters from the IPv6 VRRP group. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1433
all Enter the keyword all to enable debugging of all VRRP groups. bfd Enter the keyword bfd to enable debugging of VRRP BFD interactions. database Enter the keyword database to enable debugging of configuration changes. interface Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • • • • For Port Channel interface types, enter the keywords port-channel then the number. For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1434
Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.
PAGE 1435
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To enable VRRP traffic, assign an IP address to the VRRP group using the virtual-address command and enter no disable. Related Commands • virtual-address — specify the IP address of the virtual router. hold-time Specify a delay (in seconds) before a switch becomes the MASTER virtual router. By delaying the initialization of the VRRP MASTER, the new switch can stabilize its routing tables.
PAGE 1436
preempt To preempt or become the MASTER router, configure a BACKUP router with a higher priority value. Syntax preempt To prohibit preemption, use the no preempt command. Defaults Enabled (that is, a BACKUP router can preempt the MASTER router). Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.
PAGE 1437
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1438
Example Dell(conf-if-vrid-4)# show config vrrp-group 4 virtual-address 119.192.182.124 ! Dell(conf-if-vrid-4)# show vrrp View the VRRP groups that are active. If no VRRP groups are active, the Dell Networking OS returns No Active VRRP group. Syntax show vrrp [vrrp-id][brief][interface type][ipv6][interface type][vrf vrf-name] Parameters vrrp-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the virtual router identifier for the VRRP group to view only that group. The range is from 1 to 255.
PAGE 1439
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show vrrp brief command. Item Description Interface Lists the interface type, slot, and port of the configured VRRP group. Grp Displays the VRRP group ID. Pri Displays the priority value assigned to the interface. If you configured the track command to track that interface and you disable the interface, the cost is subtracted from the priority value assigned to the interface.
PAGE 1440
Item Description Virtual MAC address Displays the virtual MAC address of the VRRP group. Virtual IP address Displays the virtual IP address of the interface’s VRRP router. Authentication:... States whether authentication is configured for the VRRP group. If it is configured, this lists the authentication type and password. Tracking states.. Displays if the track command is configured on an interface.
PAGE 1441
priority-cost (OPTIONAL) Enter a number as the amount to subtract from the priority value. The range is from 1 to 254. The default is 10. Defaults priority cost = 10 Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1442
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced support for telnetting to the VRRP group IP address assigned using this command. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The VRRP group only becomes active and sends VRRP packets when you configure a virtual IP address.
PAGE 1443
vrrp delay reload Set the delay time for VRRP initialization after a system reboot. Syntax Parameters vrrp delay reload seconds seconds Enter the number of seconds for the delay. The frange is from 0 to 900 (0 indicates no delay). Defaults 0 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.
PAGE 1444
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1445
Usage Information You can use the both command to migrate from VRRPv2 to VRRPv3. When you set the VRRP protocol version to both, the switch sends only VRRPv3 advertisements but can receive either VRRPv2 or VRRPv3 packets. To migrate an IPv4 VRRP group from VRRPv2 to VRRPv3: 1. Set the switches with the lowest priority to both. 2. Set the switch with the highest priority to version 3. 3. Set all the switches from both to version 3.
PAGE 1446
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series, C-Series, and S-Series. Support was added for IPv6 VRRP groups in nondefault VRF instances. 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information NOTE: You can also clear the port configurations corresponding to a range of ports.
PAGE 1447
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series, C-Series, and S-Series. Support was added for IPv6 VRRP groups in nondefault VRF instances. 8.3.2.
PAGE 1448
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show vrrp ipv6 command. Line starting with Description GigabitEthernet... Displays the interface, VRRP group ID, and network address. If the interface is not sending VRRP packets, 0.0.0.0 appears as the network IP address. VRF VRF instance to which the VRRP group interface belongs.
PAGE 1449
vrrp-ipv6-group Assign an interface to a VRRP group. Syntax Parameters vrrp-ipv6-group vrid vrid Enter the virtual-router ID number of the VRRP group. The VRID range is from 1 to 255. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.